diff options
author | nobody <nobody@localhost> | 2003-12-09 09:57:09 +0800 |
---|---|---|
committer | nobody <nobody@localhost> | 2003-12-09 09:57:09 +0800 |
commit | 7ef351938bdf1a6179cf36704384aa955ab34e11 (patch) | |
tree | 75bb0caf9afd4b94842023406d6a7938c5d8b2b7 /help/C | |
parent | 0031a7166cd0f3fc0cec0b60c468ca22a8c45b0b (diff) | |
download | gsoc2013-evolution-GEDIT_2_7_90.tar.gz gsoc2013-evolution-GEDIT_2_7_90.tar.zst gsoc2013-evolution-GEDIT_2_7_90.zip |
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'GEDIT_2_7_90'.GEDIT_2_7_90
svn path=/tags/GEDIT_2_7_90/; revision=23733
Diffstat (limited to 'help/C')
55 files changed, 0 insertions, 11377 deletions
diff --git a/help/C/.cvsignore b/help/C/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index c35e90b546..0000000000 --- a/help/C/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in -evolution-*-C.omf.out -omf_timestamp diff --git a/help/C/Makefile.am b/help/C/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 3bddfc7991..0000000000 --- a/help/C/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -figs = \ - figures/calendar.png \ - figures/config-cal.png \ - figures/config-mail.png \ - figures/contact-editor.png \ - figures/contact.png \ - figures/exchange-identity.png \ - figures/exchange-receive-options.png \ - figures/exchange-receive.png \ - figures/exchange-delegation.png \ - figures/filter-new-fig.png \ - figures/folder-bar.png \ - figures/full-1.png \ - figures/full-2.png \ - figures/full-3.png \ - figures/full-4.png \ - figures/full-5.png \ - figures/full-6.png \ - figures/full-7.png \ - figures/mail-druid-pic.png \ - figures/mail-inbox.png \ - figures/mail-threaded.png \ - figures/mainwindow-pic.png \ - figures/newmsg.png \ - figures/print-dest.png \ - figures/print-preview.png \ - figures/replymsg.png \ - figures/schedule.png \ - figures/summary.png \ - figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png -figdir = figures -docname = evolution-1.5 -lang = C -omffile = evolution-1.5-C.omf -entities = \ - apx-authors.xml \ - apx-bugs.xml \ - apx-fdl.xml \ - apx-gloss.xml \ - apx-gpl.xml \ - config-prefs.xml \ - config-sync.xml \ - legal.xml \ - menuref.xml \ - preface.xml \ - usage-calendar.xml \ - usage-contact.xml \ - usage-exec-summary.xml \ - usage-exchange.xml \ - usage-mail-org.xml \ - usage-mail.xml \ - usage-mainwindow.xml \ - usage-print.xml \ - usage-sync.xml - -include $(top_srcdir)/help/xmldocs.make -dist-hook: app-dist-hook diff --git a/help/C/POTFILES.in b/help/C/POTFILES.in deleted file mode 100644 index d9393e82cc..0000000000 --- a/help/C/POTFILES.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -apx-authors.sgml -apx-bugs.sgml -apx-gloss.sgml -config-prefs.sgml -config-setupassist.sgml -config-sync.sgml -evolution.sgml -menuref.sgml -preface.sgml -usage-calendar.sgml -usage-contact.sgml -usage-mail.sgml -usage-mainwindow.sgml -usage-notes.sgml -usage-print.sgml -usage-sync.sgml diff --git a/help/C/apx-authors.xml b/help/C/apx-authors.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 24856e2fc3..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-authors.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="authors"> - <title>Authors</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> was written by the Ximian - Evolution team and numerous other dedicated GNOME programmers. - You can see their names by selecting <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> from any Evolution window. - </para> - <para> - The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt - to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and - <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to - <application>KHTMLW</application>. The developers of - <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts - and contributions of all who worked on those projects. - </para> - - <para> - Ximian would like to thank everyone who helped out with the bug - tracking process, particularly Miles Lane, and also the staff of - El Pelon Taqueria, on Peterborough St. in Boston, for - sustenance. - </para> - - <para> - For more information please visit the - <application>Evolution</application> <ulink - url="http://www.ximian.com/products/ximian_evolution/" - type="http">Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments, - suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink - url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com" type="http">Ximian bug tracking - database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be - found on-line at the same location. You can also use the GNOME - bug report tool, <command>bug-buddy</command>, to submit your - defect reports. - </para> - <para> - This manual was written by Aaron Weber - (<email>aaron@ximian.com</email>), Kevin Breit - (<email>mrproper@ximian.com</email>) Duncan Mak - (<email>duncan@ximian.com</email>) and Ettore Perazzoli - (<email>ettore@ximian.com</email>) with the help of the - application programmers and the GNOME Documentation - Project. Special thanks to Baris Cicek for proofreading. - </para> - <para> - Please file comments and suggestions for this manual as bugs in - the Ximian bug tracking system. If you contributed to this - project but do not see your name here, please contact Aaron - Weber (<email>aaron@ximian.com</email>) and he'll list you. - </para> - <para> - Partial list of Documentation Translators (application - translated to 36 additional languages): - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Daniel Persson for Swedish (.se) - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - - For Spanish (.es): Versions prior to 1.2, Héctor - García Álvarez; from 1.2 completely redone - by Ismael Olea and Ignacio R. Maturana for Lambdaux - Software Services. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Kjartan Maraas for Norwegian (.no) - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </appendix> - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/apx-bugs.xml b/help/C/apx-bugs.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 686305fbce..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-bugs.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - <appendix id="bugs"> - - <title>Known bugs and limitations</title> - <abstract> - <para> - Ximian Evolution bug tracking is done at the <ulink - url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com">Ximian bug tracking - System</ulink>. You may use that, or the GNOME <application>Bug - Report Tool</application> (known as <command>bug-buddy</command> - at the command line) if you find bugs or would like to request new - features. - </para> - <para> - If you need additional help with Ximian Evolution, please visit - the Ximian support site at <ulink - url="http://support.ximian.com">ximian.com/support</ulink>. - </para> - </abstract> - - - <para> - A complete list of feature requests and other issues with - Evolution is available online in the Ximian bug tracking system. - You can learn more about the Ximian Evolution development process - at <ulink - url="http://developer.ximian.com">developer.ximian.com</ulink>. - </para> - -</appendix> - diff --git a/help/C/apx-fdl.xml b/help/C/apx-fdl.xml deleted file mode 100644 index f074a4f453..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-fdl.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,667 +0,0 @@ -<!-- - The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook - Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu> - Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project - http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp - Version: 1.0.1 - Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000 ---> - -<appendix id="apx-fdl"> - <appendixinfo> - <releaseinfo> - Version 1.1, March 2000 - </releaseinfo> - <copyright> - <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice"> - <para> - <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place, - Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> - <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but changing it is not allowed. - </para> - </legalnotice> - </appendixinfo> - <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title> - - <sect1 id="fdl-preamble"> - <title>0. PREAMBLE</title> - <para> - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or - other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of - freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and - redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either - commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License - preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for - their work, while not being considered responsible for - modifications made by others. - </para> - - <para> - This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means - that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in - the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, - which is a copyleft license designed for free software. - </para> - - <para> - We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for - free software, because free software needs free documentation: a - free program should come with manuals providing the same - freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited - to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, - regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a - printed book. We recommend this License principally for works - whose purpose is instruction or reference. - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="fdl-section1"> - <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title> - <para id="fdl-document"> - This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be - distributed under the terms of this License. The - <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or - work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed - as <quote>you</quote>. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-modified"> - A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-secondary"> - A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any - mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical - connection with the subject or with related matters, or of - legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position - regarding them. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-invariant"> - The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link - linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles - are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this - License. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-cover-texts"> - The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of - text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, - in the notice that says that the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this - License. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-transparent"> - A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link - linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable - copy, represented in a format whose specification is available - to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited - directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for - images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for - drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is - suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic - translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text - formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format - whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage - subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy - that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called - <quote>Opaque</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include - plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input - format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and - standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human - modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, - proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by - proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for - output purposes only. - </para> - - <para id="fdl-title-page"> - The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the - title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to - hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in - the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title - page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the - most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section2"> - <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title> - <para> - You may copy and distribute the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either - commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the - copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License - applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that - you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this - License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or - control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or - distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for - copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you - must also follow the conditions in <link - linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>. - </para> - - <para> - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated - above, and you may publicly display copies. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section3"> - <title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title> - <para> - If you publish printed copies of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, - and the Document's license notice requires <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - </para> - - <para> - If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit - legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit - reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto - adjacent pages. - </para> - - <para> - If you publish or distribute <link - linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, - you must either include a machine-readable <link - linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with - each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a - publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a - complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added - material, which the general network-using public has access to - download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network - protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque - copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will - remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one - year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly - or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the - public. - </para> - - <para> - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors - of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before - redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance - to provide you with an updated version of the Document. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section4"> - <title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title> - <para> - You may copy and distribute a <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of - sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link - linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release - the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the - Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus - licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version - to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do - these things in the Modified Version: - </para> - - <itemizedlist mark="opencircle"> - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>A</title> - <para> - Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct - from that of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of - previous versions (which should, if there were any, be - listed in the History section of the Document). You may - use the same title as a previous version if the original - publisher of that version gives permission. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>B</title> - <para> - List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities - responsible for authorship of the modifications in the - <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, - together with at least five of the principal authors of - the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of - its principal authors, if it has less than five). - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>C</title> - <para> - State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title - Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the - publisher. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>D</title> - <para> - Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>E</title> - <para> - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications - adjacent to the other copyright notices. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>F</title> - <para> - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>G</title> - <para> - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link - linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and - required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover - Texts</link> given in the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>H</title> - <para> - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>I</title> - <para> - Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on - the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If - there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the - <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>J</title> - <para> - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access - to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>K</title> - <para> - In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or - <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>L</title> - <para> - Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>M</title> - <para> - Delete any section entitled - <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be - included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified - Version</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara> - <title>N</title> - <para> - Do not retitle any existing section as - <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with - any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Section</link>. - </para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para> - If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of <link - linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the - Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - </para> - - <para> - You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various - parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - </para> - - <para> - You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of - the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> - in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - </para> - - <para> - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any <link - linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section5"> - <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title> - <para> - You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - </para> - - <para> - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - </para> - - <para> - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise - combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, - and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must - delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section6"> - <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title> - <para> - You may make a collection consisting of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - </para> - - <para> - You may extract a single document from such a collection, and - dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you - insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and - follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim - copying of that document. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section7"> - <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title> - <para> - A compilation of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link - linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section8"> - <title>8. TRANSLATION</title> - <para> - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link - linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link - linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section9"> - <title>9. TERMINATION</title> - <para> - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link - linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-section10"> - <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title> - <para> - The <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software - Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink - type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>. - </para> - - <para> - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="fdl-using"> - <title>Addendum</title> - <para> - To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of - the License in the document and put the following copyright and - license notices just after the title page: - </para> - - <blockquote> - <para> - Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. - </para> - <para> - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the <link - linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, - and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover - Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation - License</quote>. - </para> - </blockquote> - - <para> - If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant - Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> - instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no - <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write - <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of - <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link - linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>. - </para> - - <para> - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, - we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your - choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" - url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public - License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software. - </para> - </sect1> -</appendix> - - diff --git a/help/C/apx-gloss.xml b/help/C/apx-gloss.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d4f12e1a4c..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-gloss.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,480 +0,0 @@ -<glossary id="apx-gloss"> - - <title>Glossary</title> - - <glossentry id="assistant"> - <glossterm>Assistant:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A tool which guides a user through a series of steps, - usually to configure or set up a program. Equivalent to "Wizard" - and "Druid." - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="attachment"> - <glossterm>Attachment:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in - a message or appended to it. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -<glossentry id="automatic-indexing"> - <glossterm>Automatic Indexing:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Pre-fetching procedure that allows - <application>Evolution</application> to refer to data quickly. - It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for - data displays. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="bcc"> - <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy):</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of - people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each - other. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="cc"> - <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy):</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail, - so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the - To: list. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="conduit"> - <glossterm>Conduit:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A small application which controls - the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop - computer. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="druid"> - <glossterm>Druid:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - See "Assistant." - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="evolution"> - <glossterm>Evolution:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> is the <acronym> GNOME - </acronym> groupware application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="execute"> - <glossterm>Execute:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an - executable. <application>Evolution</application> can download - executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must - be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This - security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution - of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file - permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="expunge"> - <glossterm>Expunge:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged. - When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was - marked for deletion. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="filetree"> - <glossterm>File Tree:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the - perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux) - nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory, - and denoted by <filename>/</filename>. - The rest of the "branches" spread downward from the root. Don't - confuse the root directory with the root - account, or root's home directory, normally - <filename>/root</filename>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="filter"> - <glossterm>Filter:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Within <application>Evolution</application>, a filter is a method - of sorting mail automatically when it's downloaded. You can create filters to perform - one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide - range of criteria. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="forward"> - <glossterm>Forward:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - If you get a message intended for someone else, you can use - message forwarding to send it on to the right person. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="groupware"> - <glossterm>Groupware:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups - of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will - have several productivity features built into one program, - including: email, calendar, and addressbook tools. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="html"> - <glossterm>HTML:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Hyper-text Markup Language (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language - for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages, - help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and - news posts to insert images and apply text treatments. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="hot-key"> - <glossterm>Hot Key:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a - computer instead of using the mouse. - Hot-keys can speed up computer usage. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ical"> - <glossterm>iCal:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>iCal</application> is the program which - <application>Evolution</application> uses to manage the calendar - section. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="imap"> - <glossterm>IMAP:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail - Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. It allows access to email which is typically (although - not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local - hard disk. Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP:</glossterm>. - This will not be on the test. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="inline"> - <glossterm>Inline:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than - attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm - linkend="attachment">Attachment:</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="ldap"> - <glossterm>LDAP:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client - to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers, - and people stored on a server. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="mail-client"> - <glossterm>Mail Client:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A mail client is the application with which a person reads and - sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail - servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from - sender to recipient. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="minicard"> - <glossterm>Minicard:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance - to a small business card. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="nautilus"> - <glossterm>Nautilus:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - <application>Nautilus</application> is the next generation file - manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="pop"> - <glossterm>POP:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email - transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from - a server and store it locally on your hard disk. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="protocol"> - <glossterm>Protocol:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for - sending particular types of information between computer systems. - Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP - (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="postscript"> - <glossterm>Postscript:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A standard document publishing format. Many printers read raw - Postscript, making Postscript quite versatile. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="public-key-encryption"> - <glossterm>Public Key Encryption:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A strong encryption method that uses a set of two "keys," one of - which is made public, and one of which is kept private. Data - encrypted using the public key can only be decrypted using the - private key. The longer the keys, the more difficult it is to - break the encryption. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - - <glossentry id="regular-expression"> - <glossterm>Regular Expression:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a - string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For - example, the statement <userinput>fly.*so[au]p</userinput> means - "any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or - 'soap'". If you searched for that expression, you'd find both - "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap." There's not room here to - go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation - for the <command>grep</command> command by opening a command - line and typing in <command>man grep</command>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="script"> - <glossterm>Script:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled) - language. Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series - of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. Often - times, accomplish repetitive and tedious tasks, to save the - user time. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="search-base"> - <glossterm>Search Base:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - LDAP can break contact lists into many groups. The Search - Base tells LDAP the top group to use. How much of the Search - Base that is searched is set by the <glossterm - linkend="search-scope">Search Scope</glossterm> option. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="search-scope"> - <glossterm>Search Scope:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - Search Scope states how much of the <glossterm - linkend="search-base">Search Base</glossterm> to search. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="sendmail"> - <glossterm>Sendmail:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a - program which sends mail. <application>Evolution</application> - can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm>; some people - prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more - difficult to set up. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - - <glossentry id="shortcut-bar"> - <glossterm>Shortcut Bar:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A portion of <application>Evolution</application> which offers - users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the - application. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="signature"> - <glossterm>Signature:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end - of every email sent, similar to a hand-written signature at the bottom - of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite - quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be - fewer than four lines long. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="smtp"> - <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from - the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="tooltip"> - <glossterm>Tool-Tip:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse - pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface - element. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="virus"> - <glossterm>Virus:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A program which inserts itself into other files or programs and - which, when executed, spreads to more programs and other - computers. A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging - networks or disk drives, deleting files, or opening security - holes. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vcard"> - <glossterm>VCard:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you - get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in VCard - format. Not to be confused with <glossterm - linkend="vfolder">vFolder:</glossterm>. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - - <glossentry id="vfolder"> - <glossterm>vFolder:</glossterm> - <glossdef> - <para> - An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder - that contains the results of a complex search. vFolder contents are - are updated dynamically. - </para> - </glossdef> - </glossentry> - -</glossary> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/apx-gpl.xml b/help/C/apx-gpl.xml deleted file mode 100644 index ffb4930fb0..0000000000 --- a/help/C/apx-gpl.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,419 +0,0 @@ - - <appendix id="apx-gpl"> - -<title>GNU General Public License</title> -<para> -Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. - <street>59 Temple Place, Suite 330</street>, - <city>Boston</city>, - <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> - <country>USA</country> - </address>. - </para> - -<para> -This is version 2 -</para> - - <para> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - </para> - - - <sect1 id="preamble"> - <title>Preamble</title> - - <para> - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your - freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public - License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change - free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. - This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software - Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit - to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered - by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it - to your programs, too. - </para> - - <para> - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. - Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the - freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this - service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you - want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free - programs; and that you know you can do these things. - </para> - - <para> - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone - to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These - restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute - copies of the software, or if you modify it. - </para> - - <para> - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or - for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You - must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you - must show them these terms so they know their rights. - </para> - - <para> - We protect your rights with two steps: - - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - copyright the software, and - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, - distribute and/or modify the software. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that - everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If - the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its - recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any - problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' - reputations. - </para> - - <para> - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. - We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will - individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program - proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be - licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - </para> - - <para> - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification - follow. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="terms"> - <title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title> - - <sect2 id="sect0"> - <title>Section 0</title> - <para> - This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice - placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms - of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such - program or work, and a <quote>work based on the Program</quote> means either - the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a - work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with - modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation - is included without limitation in the term <quote>modification</quote>.) Each - licensee is addressed as <quote>you</quote>. - </para> - - <para> - Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by - this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not - restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents - constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running - the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect1"> - <title>Section 1</title> - <para> - You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you - receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately - publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; - keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any - warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License - along with the Program. - </para> - - <para> - You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at - your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect2"> - <title>Section 2</title> - <para> - You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus - forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications - or work under the terms of <link linkend="sect1">Section 1</link> above, provided - that you also meet all of these conditions: - - <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem> - <para> - You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that - you changed the files and the date of any change. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or - in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be - licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of - this License. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you - must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most - ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate - copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying - that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program - under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. - - <note> - <title>Exception:</title> - <para> - If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an - announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an - announcement.) - </para> - </note> - - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections - of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered - independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, - do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when - you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the - Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose - permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and - every part regardless of who wrote it. - </para> - - <para> - Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights - to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control - the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. - </para> - - <para> - In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program - (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium - does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect3"> - <title>Section 3</title> - - <para> - You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under - <link linkend="sect2">Section 2</link> in object code or executable form under the terms of - <link linkend="sect1">Sections 1</link> and <link linkend="sect2">2</link> above provided that - you also do one of the following: - - <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem> - <para> - Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which - - must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any - third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source - distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, - to be distributed under the terms of Sections and above on a medium customarily - used for software interchange; or, - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute - corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial - distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form - with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications - to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules - it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control - compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source - code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or - binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system - on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. - </para> - - <para> - If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a - designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place - counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to - copy the source along with the object code. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect4"> - <title>Section 4</title> - - <para> - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided - under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the - Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their - licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect5"> - <title>Section 5</title> - - <para> - You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing - else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. - These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying - or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance - of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or - modifying the Program or works based on it. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect6"> - <title>Section 6</title> - - <para> - Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient - automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify - the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions - on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing - compliance by third parties to this License. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect7"> - <title>Section 7</title> - - <para> - If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other - reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, - agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you - from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously - your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence - you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit - royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or - indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be - to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - </para> - - <para> - If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, - the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply - in other circumstances. - </para> - - <para> - It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property - right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of - protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public - license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software - distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up - to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other - system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. - </para> - - <para> - This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the - rest of this License. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect8"> - <title>Section 8</title> - - <para> - If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents - or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License - may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that - distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License - incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect9"> - <title>Section 9</title> - - <para> - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License - from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. - </para> - - <para> - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of - this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms - and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software - Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any - version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect10"> - <title>Section 10</title> - - <para> - If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution - conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted - by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions - for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all - derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect11"> - <title>NO WARRANTY</title> - <subtitle>Section 11</subtitle> - - <para> - BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT - PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR - OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, - INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE - PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sect12"> - <title>Section 12</title> - - <para> - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR - ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU - FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE - USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED - INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH - ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH - DAMAGES. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - </appendix>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/config-prefs.xml b/help/C/config-prefs.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 582cfbab57..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-prefs.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1096 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="config-prefs"> - - <title>Advanced Configuration</title> - <para> - Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've - grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments. - Whatever the reason, you want to change your - <application>Evolution</application> settings. This chapter - will tell you how to do just that. - </para> - <para> - You can reach the Evolution settings window - by choosing <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, no matter - where you are in Evolution. On the left half of the settings - window is a column, similar to the Evolution shortcut bar, - which lets you choose which portion of Evolution to - customize. The right half of the window is where you'll make - your actual changes. - </para> - - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig"> - <title>Changing Mail Settings</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Changing Mail Settings</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-mail" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - - <para> - There are eight items you can customize. From top to bottom, they - are: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Mail Accounts</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, add or change information about your email - accounts: the servers to which you connect, the way you - download mail, your password authentication mode, and so - forth. This is the most complex item in the list, and is - covered in <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Folder Settings</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, you can choose the default folders for various - components of Evolution, the folders that will be cached - locally when you go to offline mode, and the folders that - Evolution will use when it is searching for - autocompletion information as you address a mail. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Mail Preferences</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - These are overall mail reading preferences: display - settings, notification options, security, and so - forth. Settings that vary per-account are in the Mail - Accounts tool, described in <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>, but most of the - mail settings are here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Composer Preferences</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Settings for the way that you use the mail composer: - shortcuts, signatures, spelling, and so forth. One fun - feature here is the ability to substitute graphical - smiley-faces for "emoticons" such as :) that many people - use in email. This tool is covered in <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Calendar and Tasks</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, you can set the way the calendar behaves, including - your time zone and the length of your work-week. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Exchange Delegation</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This item will only appear if you have Ximian Connector - for Microsoft Exchange installed. It will allow you to - choose who has access to your Exchange account. This - feature is covered in <xref linkend="exchange-delegate" />. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Directory Servers</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This item allows you to enter account information for - connecting to remote directory (LDAP) servers. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Summary Preferences</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set the mail folders, news feeds, schedule summary - length, and weather locations to be displayed here. For - news feeds, enter the web address of any RDF - file. Summary customization is covered in <xref - linkend="customizing-summary" /> rather than in this - chapter. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guiicon>Out of Office</guiicon></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This item will only appear if you have Ximian Connector - for Microsoft Exchange installed. It allows you to create - and remove automatic "vacation" messages. For - information about how to use this feature, read <xref - linkend="exchange-out-of-office" />. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-identity"> - <title>Working with Mail Accounts</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> allows you to - maintain multiple accounts, or identities. This is useful - want to keep personal and professional email separate, or if - you wear several hats at work. When you are writing an email - message, you can which account to use by selecting from the - drop-down list next to the <guilabel>From</guilabel> entry in - the message composer. - </para> - - <para> - Clicking <guibutton>Send/Receive</guibutton> will refresh any - IMAP, <filename>mh</filename>, or - <filename>mbox</filename> listings - and check and download mail from all POP servers. In other - words, <guibutton>Send/Receive</guibutton> gets your mail, no - matter how many sources you have, or what types they are. If - you don't want to check mail for a given account, select it - in the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> tab and click the - <guibutton>Disable</guibutton> button. - </para> - - <para> - To add a new account, simply click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - to open the mail configuration assistant. To alter an - existing identity, select it in the - <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to open the account editor - dialog. - </para> - - <para> - The account editor dialog has six sections: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Identity</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, enter the name, - email address, and other identifying information for the - account. You may also choose a default signature to - insert into messages sent from this account. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, select the way you will be getting mail: you may - download mail from a server (<glossterm - linkend="pop">POP</glossterm>), read and keep it on the - server (Microsoft Exchange or <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>), or read it from files - that already exist on your desktop computer. If you use - a server, it may permit or require you to use a Secure - Socket Layer (SSL) connection. To turn SSL connections - on, just click the <guibutton>Use Secure Connection - (SSL)</guibutton> button. - -<note id="config-arbitrary-port"> -<title>Specifying Port Numbers</title> -<para> -Your system administrator may ask you to connect to a specific port on -a mail server. To specify which port you use, just type a colon and -the port number after the server name. For example, to connect to port -143 on the server smtp.omniport.com, you would enter -as -<userinput> -smtp.omniport.com:143 -</userinput> as the server name. -</para> -</note> - - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, decide whether you'd like to check for mail - automatically and how often, as well as other message - retrieval options. - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose POP:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Checking for new mail: If you would - like <application>Evolution</application> - to check for new mail automatically, - check the box and select a frequency in - minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Message Storage: If you'd like to store - copies of your mail on the server, check - this option. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para>Store Store status headers in - Elm/Pine/Mutt format: If you would like to - use the X-Status header format used by the - mail clients Elm, Pine, and Mutt, select - this option. This option is useful if you - plan to check your mail with those clients - from time to time. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - - <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like - Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check - the box and select a frequency in minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Global Catalog server name</guilabel>: enter the name of your - Global Catalog server to create a folder for your - organization's Global Address List. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Limit number of Responses</guilabel>: Select a maximum number - of results for an address search. Lowering the maximum - number the load on your system and on your - network. Most servers will not send more than 1000 - results, regardless of the value you select here. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Mailbox Name</guilabel>: Enter your mailbox name. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>OWA Path</guilabel>: Enter the path used with Outlook Web Access on your server. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Public Folder Server</guilabel>: Enter the name of your public - folder server, if it differs from your Exchange server. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Apply Filters to new messages in Inbox on this - server</guilabel>: check this box if you wish to apply filters - to this account. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose IMAP:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like - <application>Evolution</application> to check for new mail - automatically, check the box and select a frequency in - minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>If you want <application>Evolution</application> - to check for new messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your - IMAP folders, make sure the <guilabel>Check for new - messages in all folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Show only subscribed folders</guilabel>: Check this box if you - have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to - read.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Override server-supplied namespace</guilabel>: If you like, enter a - specific directory where your server stores mail for - you. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." For more - information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this - server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this - account, check this box. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format</guilabel>: - If you would like to use the X-Status header format used - by the mail clients Elm, Pine, and Mutt, select this - option. This option is useful if you plan to check your - mail with those clients from time to time. - </para> - </listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Sending Mail</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - In this section, you will choose and configure a method - for sending mail. You may choose <glossterm - linkend="smtp">SMTP</glossterm>, Microsoft Exchange (if - you have purchased the Ximian Connector for Microsoft - Exchange) or <glossterm - linkend="sendmail">sendmail</glossterm>. - </para> - <para> - If you choose Exchange or Sendmail, you're done with - this tab. SMTP offers you a choice of hostname, - connection security level, and authentication type, - which you will recognize as similar to those for - IMAP and POP servers in the <guilabel>Receiving - Mail</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Defaults</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, you can decide where this account will store the - messages that it has sent, and the messages that you - save as drafts. If you wish to revert to the "factory" - settings, click the <guibutton>Restore - Defaults</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - If you wish to send someone a copy of every message from - this account, check the box labeled <guilabel>Always - carbon-copy (Cc) to:</guilabel> or <guilabel>Always - blind carbon-copy (Bcc) to:</guilabel>, and enter one or - more addresses. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Security</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - In this section, you will set the security options for - this account. If you use encryption, enter your PGP - key id (see <xref linkend="encryption"/> for more - information) and select among the four options below to - determine key and signature handling. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-folders"> - <title>Folder Settings</title> - <para> - There are three sets of folder options. In the first, - <guilabel>Defaults</guilabel>, select which folders will be - your usual mail, contact, calendar, and task folders. These - are the folders opened when you click items in the shortcut - bar, and when you want to save a calendar attachment or - address card. - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Offline Folders</guilabel> are the ones which - will be cached when you activate the <guibutton>Go - Offline</guibutton> feature. - </para> - <para> - Select one or more folders of contacts for your - <guilabel>Autocompletion Folders</guilabel>. When you type a - few letters into the message composer address fields, - Evolution will look for matches in the folders you choose here. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail"> - <title>Mail Options</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Mail Options</guilabel> tool lets you choose how - to display citations, how long to wait before marking a - message as read, and other mail display settings. There are - three categories of settings: General, HTML Mail, and - Colors. - </para> - <para> - For information on individual email account settings, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity" />. - </para> - - <para> - In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, your options are: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Message Fonts</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Normally, Evolution will use the same fonts as other - GNOME applications. To choose different fonts, uncheck - the box <guilabel>Use the same fonts as other - applications</guilabel> and select one font for standard typefaces and - a second for monospace, or terminal, display. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Message Display</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - These three settings handle the way messages appear to - you. - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Mark Messages as Read</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Normally, Evolution will mark a message as read as soon - as it is displayed. If you prefer, you may set this to - happen only after a delay, or disable it entirely and - mark messages as read only when you choose to do so. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Default Character Encoding</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This setting allows you to select character - interpretation sets so that Evolution can display - different alphabets. If you are not sure, pick - Unicode (UTF-8), which will work for a large - number of languages and character sets. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Quotation Highlight Color</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose a color to highlight quotations from other - messages. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Deleting Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, choose whether to delete messages automatically - when quitting Evolution, and whether you wish to - explicitly confirm the final deletion of messages. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>New Mail Notification</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Evolution can alert you to the arrival of new mail with - a beep or by playing a sound file. Choose your alert - noise, or select none, as you wish. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The options in the <guilabel>HTML Mail</guilabel> section are: - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Loading Images</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You can embed a image in an email and have it load only - when the message arrives. However, spammers can use image loading - patterns to confirm "live" addresses and invade your - privacy. You may elect never to load images - automatically, to load images only if the sender is in - your addressbook, or always load images. - </para> - <para> - If you have chosen not to load images automatically, you - can choose to see the images in one message at a time by selecting <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Show animated images</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Turn animation on or off here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending HTML messages to contacts that don't want them</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Some people do not like HTML mail, and you can set - Evolution to warn you. This warning will appear only - when you send HTML mail to people in your address book - who are listed as disliking HTML. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tab lets you select different - color labels for individual messages. You can return to the default - settings by clicking the <guibutton>Restore Defaults</guibutton> - button. - </para> -</sect1> - - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-composer"> - <title>Message Composer Preferences</title> - <para> - There are three tabs of settings you can change for the - message composer. The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab covers shortcuts and - assorted behavior, and the other two control signatures and - spell checking. In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can set: - - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Default Behavior</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose how you will normally forward and reply - messages, what character set they will use, whether - they will be in HTML, and whether that HTML can - contain smiley face images. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Alerts</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - There are two optional alerts here: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with an empty subject</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The composer will warn you if you try to send a - message without a subject. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with only Bcc recipients defined</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The composer will warn you if you try to send a - message that has only <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> - recipients. This is important because some mail - servers will fail to honor blind carbon copy if you - do not have at least one recipient that is visible to - all readers. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - The signature editor allows you to create several different - signatures in plain text or in HTML, and to specify which of - them will be added to emails you create in the message - composer. If you prefer to use an alternate signature or - none at all, you can select it from the mail composer itself. - </para> - <para> - In the spell-checking tool, you can set spelling options, - including the language or languages you will use. Note that you - must install the gnome-spell package, available through Red - Carpet, for spell-checking to be available in - Evolution. Alternate dictionaries are also available through - Red Carpet and are detected automatically if you have installed - them. - </para> - <para> - You can check the spelling of messages by selecting - <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spell Check - Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternately, in the - Evolution main window select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu></menuchoice>, - click on the <guiicon>Composer preferences</guiicon> icon, then - select the <guilabel>Spell Checking</guilabel> tab and check the - <guibutton>Check spelling while i type</guibutton> box, and - choose a color for your misspelled words. - </para> -</sect1> - -<!-- NOT FOR 1.0, see usage-mail.sgml - <sect1 id="config-prefs-news"> - <title>News Servers</title> - <para> - Newsgroups are so much like mailing lists that there's no - reason not to keep them right next to your mail. When you - first select the <guilabel>News Servers</guilabel> tab, - you will see a blank box with the three familiar buttons - on the right: <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and - <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. - </para> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a news server; you - will be prompted for its name. Enter the name, click - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, and you're done. You can have - as many news servers as you like, of course. News servers - will appear next to your IMAP servers in the - <interface>folder bar</interface>. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> ---> - - - <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal"> - <title>Calendar and Task List Settings</title> - <para> - The calendar configuration tool has two tabs - <guilabel>General</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Display</guilabel>, and is illustrated in <xref - linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig"/>. - - <!-- ==============Figure===================== --> - <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig"> - <title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Calendar Configuration</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-cal" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ==============End of Figure================--> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you set the - following: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Time zone</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The city you're located in, to judge your time zone. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Time format</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and - twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the - appropriate radio button. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Work Week</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - When does your work day start, and when does it end? - In the day and week views, - <application>Evolution</application> displays all the - hours in the range you select here, even if there are - no appointments for those times. Of course, you can - still schedule an appointment outside of these hours, - and if you do, the display will be extended to show - it. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Week Starts</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para>You can set weeks to start on Sunday or on Monday.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Day Begins</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set the beginning of a normal workday. If you work odd - hours, or want to make sure that your early-morning - appointments are displayed, you may find this option useful. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Day Ends</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set the end of a normal workday. If you work odd - hours, or want to make sure that your evening - appointments are displayed, you may find this option - useful. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Alerts</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you'd like to be warned before you delete any - appointment, or to have a reminder automatically - appear for each event, select the check boxes here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - The <interface>Display</interface> section lets you choose how - your appointments and tasks will appear in your calendar. - </para> - <para>The display properties you can set are: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Time divisions</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Sets the increments shown on the daily view in the - calendar. You can set this to be anywhere from five - minutes to an hour, in five minute increments.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Show appointment end times in week and month views</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is space, - <application>Evolution</application> will show the end - times in the week and month views for each - appointment. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Compress weekends in month view</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If checked, your weekends will be shown in one box, - instead of one for each day in the month view. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Show week numbers in date navigator</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will show the week numbers next to the respective - weeks in the calendar. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Tasks due today</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Configures what color to set your tasks that are due - today to. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Overdue tasks</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the color for overdue tasks. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact"> - <title>Directory Server Settings</title> - <para> - Addressbook settings are limited to the usage and - configuration of directory servers (LDAP and - Exchange). To learn how to set autocompletion options, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-folders" />. - Other addressbook controls are available in the addressbook - window itself. - </para> - - <para> - To add a new <glossterm linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> server - to your available contact folders: - </para> - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - and click the <guibutton>Directory Servers</guibutton> - shortcut button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button on the right - side to open a Directory Server addition assistant. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the server information as requested by the assistant: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Server name</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Address of the server where the addressbook is located. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Login Method</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Specify whether your login is anonymous, using - an email address, or a "distinguished name." If - the login is not anonymous, enter the login name - required by the server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Port</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The internet port - <application>Evolution</application> connects to - in order to access the LDAP database. This is - normally 389. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Use SSL/TLS</term> - <listitem> - <para> - SSL and TLS are security mechanisms. If you - select <guilabel>Always</guilabel>, Evolution - will not connect unless - secure connections are available. The default value is - <guilabel>Whenever Possible</guilabel>, which uses - secure connections if they are available, - but does not cause failure if they are not. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Search base</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The <glossterm linkend="search-base">search - base</glossterm> is the starting point for a directory search. - Contact your network administrator for information about - the correct settings. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Search scope</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The <glossterm linkend="search-scope">search - scope</glossterm> is the breadth of a given search. - The following options are available: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>One</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Searches the Search Base and one entry - below it. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Sub</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Searches the Search Base and all entries - below it. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Timeout Limit</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is the maximum time Evolution will attempt to - download data from the server before giving up. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Download Limit</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Set the maximum number of results for a given - search. Most servers refuse to send more than - 500, but you can set the number lower if you - want to shorten downloads for very broad - searches. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Display name</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This is the name you will use to label this - folder, and may be any name you choose. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to permanently make - changes or <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to temporarily - set the changes. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <para> - Editing a directory server account means changing that same - information, although it is displayed in a slightly different order. - </para> - </sect1> - - -</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/config-sync.xml b/help/C/config-sync.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6a6503a670..0000000000 --- a/help/C/config-sync.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="config-sync"> - <title>Setting up your synchronization system</title> - <para> - Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to - address. - <simplelist> - <member> - Your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. - At this time, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> only - supports Palm-OS devices like the Palm Pilot and the - Handspring Visor. - </member> - <member> - You should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you - want. - </member> - </simplelist> - </para> - - <para> - If you haven't used a handheld device with your computer - before, you'll need to run the GNOME <application>Control - Center</application> by selecting - <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, - and make sure that <application>Pilot Link</application> is - properly configured. You will need to make sure that you have - read and write permissions on the device, which is normally - /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check /dev/ttyS0 if you have - a serial connection, or /dev/ttyUSB0 for a USB connection. You - can do this by becoming root and running the command: - <userinput>chmod 777 /dev/ttyUSB0</userinput>. - </para> - <para> - Once your computer and your Palm-OS device are talking happily - to each other, select the <glossterm - linkend="conduit">conduits</glossterm> you want under the - <guilabel>Pilot Conduits</guilabel> section of the Control - Center. You may use conduits to synchronize data with several - applications; the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - conduits are labeled <guilabel>EAddress</guilabel>, for the - contacts in your addressbook, <guilabel>ECalendar</guilabel>, - for your calendar, and <guilabel>ETodo</guilabel>, for your - task list. - </para> - <para> - To enable a conduit, click the - <guibutton>Enable</guibutton> to enable it, and click - <guibutton>Settings</guibutton> to change what it will do when - activated. Your options may vary depending on the conduit, - but typically they will be: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Disabled:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Do nothing. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Synchronize:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and - from the handheld to the computer. Remove items - that were on both systems but have been deleted on - one. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copy From Pilot:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If there is any new data on the the handheld device, - copy it to the computer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Copy To Pilot:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Merge From Pilot:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and - remove any information from the computer that has - been deleted on the handheld. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Merge To Pilot:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and - remove any information from the handheld that has - been deleted on the computer. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. - If you're not sure, go ahead and stick with - <guilabel>Synchronize</guilabel>. Then, put your handheld on - its cradle and press the HotSync button. - </para> - <para> - <tip> - <title>Data Loss Prevention</title> - <para> - It's always a good idea to make a backup. To do that, - make a copy of the <filename>evolution</filename> - directory inside your home directory. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - - </chapter> - - - - diff --git a/help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf b/help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf deleted file mode 100644 index 7637831592..0000000000 --- a/help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?> -<omf> - <resource> - <creator> - Ximian, Inc. - </creator> - <title> - User's Guide to Ximian Evolution 1.4 - </title> - <date>2002-2003</date> - <subject category="GNOME|Applications"/> - <description> - A user's guide to Ximian Evolution which explains how to use - its mail, calendar, addressbook, and task list features. - </description> - <type> - manual - </type> - <format mime="text/xml" dtd="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"/> - <identifier url="/"/> - <language code="C"/> - <relation seriesid="83434cc6-71d1-11d7-9b12-ef76b8cf7c8f" /> - <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" license="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" holder="Ximian, Inc."/> - </resource> -</omf> diff --git a/help/C/evolution-1.5.xml b/help/C/evolution-1.5.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 654a177da1..0000000000 --- a/help/C/evolution-1.5.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' ?> - -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [ - -<!ENTITY GFDL SYSTEM "apx-fdl.xml"> -<!ENTITY LEGAL SYSTEM "legal.xml"> -<!ENTITY GPL SYSTEM "apx-gpl.xml"> -<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY SYSTEM "usage-exec-summary.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL-ORG SYSTEM "usage-mail-org.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-EXCHANGE SYSTEM "usage-exchange.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.xml"> -<!ENTITY USAGE-PRINT SYSTEM "usage-print.xml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.xml"> -<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.xml"> -<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.xml"> -<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.xml"> -<!ENTITY APX-COMMON-TASKS SYSTEM "apx-common-tasks.xml"> -<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.xml"> -<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.xml"> - -<!ENTITY appversion "1.4"> -<!ENTITY docversion "1.4"> -<!ENTITY pubdate "May, 2003"> - -]> - -<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and -entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. --> - -<book id="index"> - <bookinfo> - <title>A User's Guide to Ximian Evolution 1.4</title> - <authorgroup> - <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Ettore</firstname><surname>Perazzoli</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Duncan</firstname><surname>Mak</surname></author> - </authorgroup> - <copyright> - <year>2000-2003</year> - <holder>Ximian, Inc.</holder> - </copyright> - - <releaseinfo> - This is version &docversion; of the Ximian Evolution manual. It describes - version &appversion; of the Ximian Evolution groupware suite. - </releaseinfo> - - - <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> - <para> - Please note that legal and licensing information is in <xref - linkend="preface" /> due to formatting issues with its - previous location. - </para> - </legalnotice> - </bookinfo> - - - <preface id="preface"> - <title>Preface</title> - &LEGAL; - &PREFACE; - </preface> - - <part id="usage"> - <title>Getting Started with Ximian Evolution</title> - <partintro> - <para> - Part one of the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> manual - describes how to use <application>Ximian Evolution</application> for - email, contact management, and appointment and task - scheduling. You'll find as you go along that there's more - than one way to do things, and you can pick whichever method - you like best. - </para> - </partintro> - - &USAGE-MAINWINDOW; - &USAGE-EXEC-SUMMARY; - &USAGE-MAIL; - &USAGE-MAIL-ORG; - &USAGE-CONTACT; - &USAGE-CALENDAR; - &USAGE-EXCHANGE; - &USAGE-SYNC; - &USAGE-PRINT; - </part> - <part id="config"> - <title>Configuring and Managing Ximian Evolution</title> - <partintro> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> is highly - configurable. Usually, when developers say that, they mean - that they didn't test it out thoroughly and have left it to - other programmers to "configure" themselves a working - system. In the case of <application>Ximian - Evolution</application>, "configurable" means that, while you - can expect the program to work perfectly well with the default - settings, it's also easy to alter its behavior in a wide - variety of ways, so that it fits your needs exactly. This - part of the book will describe that process, from the quickest - glimpse of the Setup Assistant to an in-depth guide to obscure - preferences settings. - </para> - </partintro> - - &CONFIG-PREFS; - &CONFIG-SYNC; - </part> - - &MENUREF; - &APX-GLOSS; - &APX-BUGS; - &APX-AUTHORS; - &GPL; - &GFDL; - -</book>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/figures/calendar.png b/help/C/figures/calendar.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 58f4520ee4..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/calendar.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/config-cal.png b/help/C/figures/config-cal.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3396ef3a8b..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/config-cal.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/config-mail.png b/help/C/figures/config-mail.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2fc30c6613..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/config-mail.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/contact-editor.png b/help/C/figures/contact-editor.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0fbf3fe168..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/contact-editor.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/contact.png b/help/C/figures/contact.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ef224f238e..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/contact.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/exchange-delegation.png b/help/C/figures/exchange-delegation.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 24664a45c9..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/exchange-delegation.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/exchange-identity.png b/help/C/figures/exchange-identity.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ea8f26ff56..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/exchange-identity.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/exchange-receive-options.png b/help/C/figures/exchange-receive-options.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 875b948262..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/exchange-receive-options.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/exchange-receive.png b/help/C/figures/exchange-receive.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2b1e26e825..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/exchange-receive.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/filter-new-fig.png b/help/C/figures/filter-new-fig.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a37bfd00a0..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/filter-new-fig.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/folder-bar.png b/help/C/figures/folder-bar.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c2cabe61fa..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/folder-bar.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-1.png b/help/C/figures/full-1.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 84afc9d3e7..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-1.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-2.png b/help/C/figures/full-2.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 929e356db5..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-2.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-3.png b/help/C/figures/full-3.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 175fd1d970..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-3.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-4.png b/help/C/figures/full-4.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 45d66bb193..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-4.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-5.png b/help/C/figures/full-5.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5fcfd20e45..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-5.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-6.png b/help/C/figures/full-6.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 484eca4903..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-6.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/full-7.png b/help/C/figures/full-7.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8a19eaab42..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/full-7.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/mail-druid-pic.png b/help/C/figures/mail-druid-pic.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e88dcb78e4..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/mail-druid-pic.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/mail-inbox.png b/help/C/figures/mail-inbox.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 77c5b4de97..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/mail-inbox.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/mail-threaded.png b/help/C/figures/mail-threaded.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8239c9e599..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/mail-threaded.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/mainwindow-pic.png b/help/C/figures/mainwindow-pic.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 777df026b1..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/mainwindow-pic.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/newmsg.png b/help/C/figures/newmsg.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 78b56f2518..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/newmsg.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/print-dest.png b/help/C/figures/print-dest.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d8fcbff75a..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/print-dest.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/print-preview.png b/help/C/figures/print-preview.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7745d53553..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/print-preview.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/replymsg.png b/help/C/figures/replymsg.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6e7fc916c8..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/replymsg.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/schedule.png b/help/C/figures/schedule.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index de542ce086..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/schedule.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/summary.png b/help/C/figures/summary.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 03781dc548..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/summary.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png b/help/C/figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2d18741960..0000000000 --- a/help/C/figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/help/C/legal.xml b/help/C/legal.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e3591f6fb5..0000000000 --- a/help/C/legal.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ - - <sect1 id="legal-info-note"> - <title>Legal Information and Licensing</title> - -<!-- normally this content belongs in the actual "legalnotice" tag, - but for formatting reasons putting it in a sect1, inside the - Preface, and adding a paragraph to the beginning of it --> - - <note id="evo-is-free-software"> - <title>Ximian Evolution is Free Software</title> - <para> - Ximian Evolution is licensed under the terms of the GNU General - Public License (GPL), and its documentation is licensed - separately - under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). You can find a the - complete text of the GPL in <xref linkend="apx-gpl" />, and of the - GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/>. The licenses are also available - in the files COPYING and COPYING-DOCS distributed with this - software. The Ximian Connector for Microsoft Exchange 2000 is - proprietary software and is subject to a different license. Copyright - for all three pieces of software and their documentation belongs to - Ximian, Inc. - </para> - </note> - <para> - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published - by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, - no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find - a copy of the GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/> or in the - file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. - </para> - <para> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals - distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this - manual separately from the collection, you can do so by - adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in - section 6 of the license. - </para> - - <para> - Ximian is a registered trademark and Ximian Evolution, the - dancing monkey logo and the Ximian capsule logo are - trademarks of Ximian, Inc. Other names may be trademarks or - registered trademarks of other companies or - organizations. Where those names appear in any GNOME - documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation - Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names - are in capital letters or initial capital letters. - </para> - - <para> - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED - UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE - WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: - </para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, - WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR - IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES - THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR - A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE - RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE - OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE - DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR - MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, - YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY - CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY - SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER - OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS - LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED - VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER - EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL - THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), - CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, - INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY - DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION - OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH - PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY - DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR - CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER - INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS - OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR - MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR - LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE - DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, - EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF - THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </sect1>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/menuref.xml b/help/C/menuref.xml deleted file mode 100644 index c9365a94e0..0000000000 --- a/help/C/menuref.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Appendix PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<appendix id="menuref"> - <title>Quick Reference</title> - <para> - You might want to copy this section and tape it to the wall - next to your computer: it's a very short summary of most of - the things you'll want to do with - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. - </para> - - - <sect1 id="quickref-open"> - <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>New Item:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>N</keycap> </keycombo> to open a new item - for whatever part of <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> you're working on. In mail, - that means you'll create a new message. If you're - looking at your addressbook, <keycombo - action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>N</keycap> </keycombo> creates a new contact - card, and in the calendar, a new appointment. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new folder:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>E</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Shortcut in the Evolution Bar:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>S</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new email message:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail - Message</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift </keycap> - <keycap>M</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Appointment:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>A</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Enter a new Contact:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click in any blank space in the contact - manager to create a new address card. You can also - use - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Task:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>T</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="quickref-mail"> - <title>Mail Tasks</title> - <para> - Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for - navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the - mouse: - <variablelist> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Send and Receive Mail:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <keycap>F9</keycap>, click the - <guibutton>Send/Receive</guibutton> button in the - toolbar, or choose - <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Send/Receive</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Navigating the Message List with the Keyboard:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <keycap>]</keycap> or <keycap>.</keycap> to jump to the next unread - message. <keycap>[</keycap> or <keycap>,</keycap> goes to the previous - unread message. Use the arrow keys to move up - and down along the list of all messages. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Move the display up and down in the preview pane:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Press the space bar to go a page down. Press - <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to go a page up. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reply to a Message:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - To reply to the sender of the message only: - click <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> in the - toolbar, or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - <para> - To reply to the sender and all the other visible - recipients of the message, click <guibutton>Reply to - All</guibutton> or select the message and press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>R</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Forward a Message:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the message or messages you want to forward, - and click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> in the - toolbar, or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>F</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Open a Message in a New Window:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click the message you want to view, or select - it and press <keycap>Return</keycap> - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>O</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create Filters and Virtual Folders:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right-click on a message and select - <guimenuitem>Create Rule From - Message</guimenuitem>. You can also create filters and - virtual folders in the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Add Sender to Address Book:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right-click on a message and select <guimenuitem>Add - Sender to Address Book</guimenuitem>. You can also - right-click on any email address to add it to your - address book. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - - - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="quickref-cal"> - <title>Calendar</title> - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Appointment:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>A</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Create a new Task:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>T</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term></term> - <listitem> - <para> - <tip id="new-appt"> - <title>New Appointments Fast</title> - <para> - Click on any blank spot in the calendar and start - typing to create a new appointment entry. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="quickref-contact"> - <title>Addressbook</title> - <para> - Here are shortcuts for the most frequent addressbook actions: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Edit a Contact:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You can edit a contact two ways: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Click once on the person's address card and you can - edit the person's properties all in the same window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click on the contact's card and alter their details. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Deleting a Contact:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on a contact and click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> - or select a contact and press the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> - on the toolbar. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Email a Contact:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on a contact and select - <guilabel>Send message to contact</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Creating a New Contact:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Double-click in any blank space in the contact - manager to create a new address card. You can also - use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>C</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> -</appendix>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/preface.xml b/help/C/preface.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 2d49b50e26..0000000000 --- a/help/C/preface.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ - -<!-- The actual preface tag is in the evolution.xml file --> - <sect1 id="organization"> - <title>Organization</title> - <para> - This book is divided into two parts, with several - appendices. The first part is a <link linkend="usage">guided - tour</link>, which will explain how to use - <application>Evolution</application>. If you are new to - <application>Evolution</application> or to groupware in - general, this section is for you. The second section, covering - <link linkend="config">configuration</link>, is targeted at - more advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way - <application>Evolution</application> looks or acts can benefit - from reading it. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="typography"> - <title>Typographical conventions</title> - <para> - In this book, we'll mark some words with special typography: - <simplelist> - <member><application>Applications</application></member> - <member><command>Commands</command> you type at the command line</member> - <member><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for buttons and other portions of the graphical interface</member> - - <member> Menu selections look like this: - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Menu</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </member> - <member><guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can - click</member> <member><userinput>Anything you type - in</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Text - output from a computer</computeroutput></member> - <member><glossterm linkend="apx-gloss">Words</glossterm> - that are defined in the <xref linkend="apx-gloss"/>.</member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -We'll provide assorted bits of additional information in tips set off from the rest of the book, as well. - - <tip id="example-tip"> - <title>Tip</title> - <para> - Tips and bits of extra information will look like - this. - </para> - </tip> -</para> - -<para> -Examples are also set off from the rest of the text. They look like this: - - <example> - <title>Example Example</title> - <para> - This is what an example looks like. We'll provide - examples for some of the more complicated tasks you - might be performing. - </para> - </example> -</para> -<para> - Lastly, we'll have warnings, in cases where you should be careful: - - <warning id="example-warning"> - <title>Example Warning</title> - <para> - This is what a warning looks like. If there's a chance - you'll run into trouble, we'll warn you beforehand. - </para> - </warning> - </para> - </sect1> - - - <sect1 id="other-help"> - <title>Additional Help Sources</title> - <para> - You can find additional help in three places. For information - about command-line options, open a terminal window and type - <command> man evolution</command> or <command>evolution - --help</command>. For support, late-breaking news, and errata, - visit the Ximian support center at <ulink - url="http://support.ximian.com">support.ximian.com</ulink>. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="whats-new-in-one-two"> - <title>What's New in Evolution &appversion;</title> - <para> - If you're already familiar with Ximian Evolution 1.2, there - are a number of new features in this version. Most of the - changes, however, have been made behind the scenes, as we - moved to the GNOME 2 platform. Ximian Connector for Microsoft - Exchange also has new features, described in <xref linkend="new-in-connector" />. - You can find a complete list of bugs fixed and features added - in the Evolution release notes at the <ulink - url="http://developer.ximian.com">Ximian Developer - Website</ulink>. Some of the features include: - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Better Fonts</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Ximian Evolution &appversion; uses the same font - smoothing technology as the rest of your GNOME 2 - desktop. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Cleaner Shutdowns</term> - <listitem> - <para> - We have fixed several bugs that caused Evolution to - continue to occupy system resources when it was not - running. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Mail Composer HTML Improvements</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The message composer has continued to improve. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>New Graphics and Icons</term> - <listitem> - <para> - We've added new graphics and icons. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="preface-for-experts"> - <title>Introductory Tips for Experienced Users</title> - <para> - This section has a few tips for experienced users of Linux or - UNIX systems: - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Backups and File Locations</term> - <listitem> - <para> - To create a backup of your Evolution data, copy the - <guilabel>~/evolution/local/</guilabel> directory to - your backup disk. To access data you - have backed up, use the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> tool to - restore individual files as needed. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Default Browsers</term> - <listitem> - <para> - To set the browser that opens when you click a link in - an email, open the GNOME preferences tool - (<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - or <command>gnome-control-center</command>) and start the - <guilabel>File Associations</guilabel> tool. There, look under - <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel>, select - <guilabel>World wide web (http)</guilabel>, and select - the browser of your choice. If you wish to use a - browser other than the ones suggested, you will need to - enter the full shell command. For example you might use - <userinput>mybrowser "%s"</userinput> to start the - mybrowser program at the right page. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Making Evolution Your Default Mail Client</term> - <listitem> - <para> - For GNOME desktops, you can set - <application>Evolution</application> to be the default - mail client, so that it opens when you click a mailto: - link in web pages and help tools. To do that, open the - GNOME preferences tool and start the <guilabel>File - Associations</guilabel> tool. There, look under - <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel>, select - <guilabel>Electronic mail transmission - (mailto)</guilabel>, and select - <application>Evolution</application> from the drop-down - list. - </para> - <para> - For applications such as Mozilla and Netscape, which do - not use the GNOME preference tools, you will need to - find the protocol handler preference tool for that - application and enter <userinput>evolution - "%s"</userinput> as your choice for handling mailto links. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </sect1> - diff --git a/help/C/topic.dat b/help/C/topic.dat deleted file mode 100644 index cf9f0ec017..0000000000 --- a/help/C/topic.dat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -index.html Table of Contents -introduction.html Introduction -usage-mainwindow.html Getting Started -usage-summary.html The Evolution Summary -usage-mail.html Getting and Sending Email -usage-contact.html Using the Contact Manager -usage-calendar.html Managing Your Schedule -usage-exchange.html Connecting to Exchange Servers -config-prefs.html Configuring Evolution -menuref.html Quick Reference -apx-gloss.html Glossary
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/usage-calendar.xml b/help/C/usage-calendar.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 88c2f05571..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-calendar.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,761 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-calendar"> - <title>Managing your Schedule</title> - - <para> - This chapter will show you how to use the Ximian Evolution - Calendar to manage your schedule alone or in conjunction with - peers. To learn about importing calendar data, see <xref - linkend="importing-mail" />, which covers the Import tool. - </para> - - <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view"> - <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title> - <para> - The toolbar offers you four different views of your calendar: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Day - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Work Week - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Week - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Month - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> -</para> -<para> - Press the calendar-shaped buttons on the right side of the toolbar to - switch between views. -</para> -<para> - You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small - calendar at the upper right. To do this, click and drag on the - days that you wish to view in your calendar. - </para> - <para> - The <guibutton>Prev</guibutton> and <guibutton>Next</guibutton> - buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages. - If you're looking at only one day, you'll see tomorrow's page, - or yesterday's. If you're looking at your calendar by week or - month, you'll move around by just that much. - To come back to today's listing, click the - <guibutton>Today</guibutton> button in the toolbar. - </para> - <para> - To visit a specific date's calendar entries, click - <guibutton>Go To</guibutton> and select the date in the dialog - box that appears. - </para> - - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts"> - <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title> - <para> - Of course, you'll want to use the calendar to do more than find - out what day it is. This section will tell you how to schedule - appointments, set alarms, and determine appointment - recurrence. If you have installed the Ximian Connector for - Microsoft Exchange, you can also read <xref - linkend="full-advantage"/> to learn about how to take full - advantage of the collaborative group scheduling functions - available on the Microsoft Exchange Server. - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic"> - <title>Creating appointments</title> - <para> - To create a new appointment, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or click the <guibutton>New Appointment</guibutton> button on the left end - of the toolbar. The <interface>New Appointment</interface> - dialog will pop up with the menu bar, tool bar, and - window full of choices for you. - </para> - <tip id="new-appointment-shortcut"> - <title>Shortcut</title> - <para> - If you don't need to enter more information than the date - and time of the appointment, you just click in any blank - space in the calendar and start typing. You can enter other - information later with the appointment editor. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - Your appointment must have a starting and ending date (by - default, today) but you can choose whether to give it - starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All - day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel> - appears at the top of a day's appointment list, in the grey header under the date, rather than inside - it. That makes it easy to have appointments that overlap and fit - inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all - day appointment, and the meetings at the conference would be timed - appointments. Of course, appointments with specific starting and ending - times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as - multiple columns in the day view of the calendar. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> supports the use of - timezones. If you share calendar files with friends or - co-workers, it is quite possible you will need to configure - your timezone. To configure your timezone: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and - click the <guilabel>Calendar And Tasks</guilabel> icon - in the settings dialog. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Globe</guibutton> button in the - <guilabel>Time</guilabel> section, located in the - <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Each red dot represents a major city. Click a dot and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to select your time zone. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can also configure timezone information specific to the - Start and End time in each appointment. To do that, simply - create a new appointment and click on a globe to customize the - timezone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in - New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with - someone in California, you need to make sure that you're not - calling each other a few hours off. Setting time-zones on a - per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion. - </para> - <note> - <title>Multiple Simultaneous Appointments</title> - <para> - If you create calendar appointments that overlap, - <application>Evolution</application> will display them side - by side in your calendar. However, - <application>Evolution</application> cannot help you do - multiple things at once. - </para> - </note> - <para> - You can have several - <guilabel>Reminders</guilabel>, any time prior to the appointment - you've scheduled. You can have one reminder of each of the following types: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Display:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of - your appointment. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Audio:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound - alarm. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Program:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this if you would like to run a program as a - reminder. You can enter its name in the text field, - or find it with the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> - button. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - - <note id="reminders-when-not-running-evo"> - <title>Reminders Without Evolution</title> - <para> - If you have stored reminders in a local calendar, they - will work from the moment you log in. However, for reminders - stored on an Exchange server, you must run Evolution at - least once after logging in. No matter where the reminders - are stored, you can quit Evolution and still be reminded of - an upcoming appointment. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - <guilabel>Classification</guilabel> - only applies to calendars on a - network. <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category, - and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar - sharing network. <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one - level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> an even - higher level. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can handle free/busy - scheduling Using the Ximian Connector on a Microsoft Exchange - 2000 server. For more information about Ximian Connector, see - <xref linkend="usage-exchange"/>. - </para> - <para> - To set your appointment to be free or busy, simply click the - box in the <guilabel>Show Time As</guilabel> section in the - <guilabel>Appointment Editor</guilabel>. - </para> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> lets you categorize your - appointments, which can help if you lead a busy life. The bottom - section of the <guilabel>Appointment</guilabel> tab is where your - categorization is done. - </para> - - <tip> - <title>Adding a New Appointment Category</title> - <para> - You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on - <guibutton>Edit Master Category List</guibutton> and single-clicking - on <guilabel> Click here to add a category</guilabel>. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - The purpose of categories is to let you view all appointments - which have similar activities. To do this, in the calendar view, - change <guilabel>Any field contains</guilabel> to <guilabel>Has - category</guilabel> and enter your category at right. - </para> - - <para> - Clicking on the <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button opens up the category - list. To associate a category to an appointment, simply click the check box. - </para> - <para> - Once you've selected your categories, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to - assign these categories to the appointment. The categories you selected are now - listed in the text box to the right of the <guibutton>Categories...</guibutton> - button. - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe - repetition in appointments ranging from once every day up to once - every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the - appointment will stop recurring, and, under - <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick individual days when the - appointment will <emphasis>not</emphasis> recur. Make your - selections from left to right, and you'll form a sentence: - "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2003" - or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences." - </para> - - <para> - Once you're done with all those settings, click on the disk - icon in the toolbar to save and close the appointment editor window. - If you want, you can alter an appointment - summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You - can change other settings by right-clicking on the appointment then - choosing <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-rsvp"> - <title>Sending an RSVP with the Calendar</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can be used to schedule - group meetings and help you manage responses to meeting - requests. - </para> - <para> - When you create a meeting or group appointment, you can - specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" - or "required." When you save the appointment listing, each - attendee will be sent an email with the appointment - information and gives them the option to respond. - </para> - - <note id="meeting-announce"> - <title>Simple Announcements</title> - <para> - If you don't need to collect attendance information when - you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce - it, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forward - as iCalendar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. That will open a - new email message with the event notification attached as - an announcement. Recipients will be able to add the event - to their calendars with one click, but won't automatically - send you email about whether they'll attend. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - To schedule a meeting: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Schedule - Meeting</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The - <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Meeting</guilabel> tabs open. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you have multiple Evolution email accounts, choose the - one you'll use by selecting an item in the - <guilabel>Organizer</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the space labeled <guilabel>Click here to add an - attendee</guilabel> to enter the names and email - addresses of people you will invite, or click the - <guibutton>Invite Others</guibutton> to select them from - your addressbook. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Save the Appointment. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - An email is now sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="replying-to-rsvp"> - <title>Replying to a Meeting Request</title> - <para> - Meeting requests are sent as iCal attachments. To view or - respond to one, click on the attachment icon and view it - inline in the mail window. All the details are shown about - the event including time and dates. Then you can choose how - to reply to the invitation. Your choices are: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Tentatively Accept</guilabel> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Decline</guilabel> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and an email will be sent to - the organizer with your answer. The event will also be added - to your calendar if you accept. - </para> - - <para> - Note, however, that if you add a meeting to your calendar, - there are some limitations: only the organizer of a meeting - can add participants in a meeting. Your only options, as a - participant, are to accept the meeting, or decline it. - </para> - <para> - Once you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make - changes to your copy —change the description, mark yourself - the organizer, invite more people, and so forth— but be aware - that if the original organizer sends out another update, your - changes may be overwritten. - </para> - <note id="organizer-only-one"> - <title>There Can Be Only One</title> - <para> - A meeting can have only one organizer. You can designate - yourself the organizer of the meeting, but unless you - coordinate that action with the organizer you are replacing, - you could create confusion in the scheduling process. If you - want to invite additional people to a meeting without - changing the organizer, it's best to forward the first - organizer's message to the additional participants. - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="receiving-rsvp-response"> - <title>Getting Responses to Meeting Requests</title> - <para> - Once you get a reply to your meeting invitation, you'll need - to view it inline in the email. Click the attachment and - select <guimenuitem>View Inline</guimenuitem>. At the bottom, you - can click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to update your attendee - list. - </para> - </sect2> - -<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ################### - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group"> - <title>Appointments for Groups</title> - <para> - You can use <application>Evolution</application> to mark a - meeting request on another person's calendar. To do it, click - <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar, or select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring - up the <interface>new appointment</interface> window. Then - describe the appointment as you would any other. When you are - ready to send the invitation <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - <application>Evolution</application> will automatically send - email to each person on the request list, notifying of the - time and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In - addition, it will mark the appointment on your calendar and on - theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, appointment. - </para> - <para> - To mark a tentative appointment as confirmed, click once on the - appointment in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select - it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Appointment - Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> - menu. In the <interface>Appointment Properties</interface> dialog - window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the - appointment. - </para> - <para> - When your meeting attendees get the email inviting them to the - meeting, they'll be able to enter the information into their - calendars and let you know if they'll be able to attend; if - they use <application>Ximian Evolution</application> or - another iCal compliant mail client, they can do this with just - one click. When you get a response from them, it will include - an iCal attachment. Opening and accepting this attachment will - change the meeting data in your calendar to indicate that they - have responded to your invitation, and whether they will be in - attendance. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs"> - <title>Scheduling privileges</title> - <para> - There are several levels of scheduling privileges. You - can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they - can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can - create appointments. This section may have to be deleted, - because I don't know if we are going to support privileges - at all. - </para> - </sect2> - ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ --> - <sect2 id="usage-calendar-freebusy"> - <title>Scheduling Meetings and The Free/Busy View</title> - <para> - In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can - use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available - in advance. At this time, the Free/Busy feature only works - with Microsoft Exchange servers. However, you can still use - iCal event invitations to coordinate schedules with other - people no matter what server you're using. - </para> - <para> - To access the free/busy view: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open or create an appointment in the - <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <figure> - <title>Appointment Scheduling Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Appointment Scheduling Window</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel> lists off the people who - have been invited to the respective appointment. It also - shows their RSVP status. - </para> - <para> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel> shows the invitee's - published Free/Busy information. This is where you compare - people's schedules to find free time to schedule the - appointment. - </para> - <para> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel> allows you to - schedule the meeting in the <guilabel>Free/Busy</guilabel> window. - </para> - <sect3 id="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling"> - <title>Scheduling an Appointment</title> - <para> - To schedule an appointment, you'll first need people's - free/busy information. If you're using the Ximian Connector - for Microsoft Exchange, all of the information is already - available to you in the Global Address List. Otherwise, each - person will have to email you their schedule files and you - will have to incorporate them into your calendar. - </para> - <para> - Regardless of how you get the information, Ximian Evolution - will display it in the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab. - The pending appointment time will appear in white with bold - black borders. Each attendee's free and busy times appear - color-coded next to their names in the attendee list. - </para> - <para> - Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting - borders or by using the <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel> - buttons to choose a time automatically, then click - <guibutton>Save and Close</guibutton>. Attendees on an - Exchange server will have the appointment updated - automatically; others will receive email notification of any - change in plans. - </para> - - <para> - Read <xref linkend="full-advantage"/> to learn about how to - use this feature with the Ximian Connector for Microsoft - Exchange. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo"> - <title>The Task Pad</title> - <para> - The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the - calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your - calendar appointments. You can use the list - in a larger window by choosing the <guibutton>Tasks</guibutton> - button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree. - </para> - <para> - To record a new task, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - button in the toolbar. <application>Evolution</application> - will pop up a small window with five items in it: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The description you enter here will appear in the To Do - list itself. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Decide when this item is - due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one from - the <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> and <guibutton>time</guibutton> drop-down menus. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - The date you intend to start working. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Description:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of - the item here. For example, you can note that a task is - in progress, and display how close it is to completion. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Classification:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Sets who will see it if your calendar is shared. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - There are more options in the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab such as priority and progress settings. - </para> - <para> - Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary - appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of task - list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item, - double-click on it, or right click on it and select <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. You can delete items by selecting - them and clicking on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - The list of tasks is sorted in a similar way to the list of - email messages in <application>Ximian Evolution - Mail</application>. Click once on the message headers to change - the direction and type of sorting, or right-click to add or - remove columns from the display. - </para> - <sect2 id="task-folders"> - <title>Folders for Your Tasks</title> - <para> - Like any other component in - <application>Evolution</application>, you can create a folder - to help organize your tasks. To do this: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the <guilabel>Folders Bar</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Tasks</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on <guibutton>Tasks</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Create New Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the folder name. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple"> - <title>Multiple Calendars</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> permits you to have and - maintain multiple calendars. This is useful if you maintain - schedules for other people, if you are responsible for resource - or room allocation, or if you have multiple personalities. - </para> - - <example> - <title>Keeping Multiple Calendars</title> - <para> - Lucy, the office manager for a small company, has one calendar - for her own schedule. She maintains one for the conference - room, to schedule meetings. Next to that, she maintains a - calendar that reflects when consultants are going to be on - site, and another that keeps track of when the Cubs are - playing. - </para> - </example> - <para> - To create a new calendar, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - You'll need to tell the <guilabel>New Folder</guilabel> dialog that the new folder should be of the calendar type. You can place the calendar in any calendar folder and access it - from the folder view. - </para> - <para> - Each calendar folder can hold only one calendar. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-contact.xml b/help/C/usage-contact.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 821b959c95..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-contact.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,581 +0,0 @@ -<!-- -<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> ---> - -<chapter id="usage-contact"> - <title>Working with Your Contacts</title> - <para> - This chapter will show you how to use the - <application>Evolution</application> addressbook to organize - any amount of contact information, share addresses over a - network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To - learn about configuring the addressbook, see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>. You can import contacts from - other contact management tools with the Import tool by - selecting - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, - or by mailing them to yourself as vCard attachments. - </para> - - <para> - The toolbar for the addressbook is quite simple. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Click <guibutton>New Contact</guibutton> to create a new card, or double-click - in a blank space in the contact list. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Click <guibutton>New List</guibutton> to create a new card, or double-click - in a blank space in the contact list. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> The <guiicon>printer</guiicon> icon sends one - or more of your cards to the printer. </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> The <guiicon>stop sign</guiicon> icon stops loading - contact data from the network. This button is only - relevant if you are looking at contact information on a - network. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - Your contact information fills the rest of the display. Move - through the cards alphabetically with the buttons and the - scrollbar to the right of the window. Of course, if you have - more than a few people listed, you'll want some way of finding - them more quickly, which is why there's a search feature. - </para> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards"> - <title>The Contact Editor</title> - <para> - To delete a contact: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click once on the contact. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact - editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on - it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new - card, clicking the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button in the - toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for - you to fill in. - </para> - - <para> - The contact editor window has three tabs, - <guilabel>General</guilabel>, for basic contact information, - <guilabel>Details</guilabel>, for a more specific description of - the person, and <guilabel>Collaboration</guilabel> for - information about scheduling and working closely with them. In - addition, it contains a <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu and an - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu. Under - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> you will find <guimenuitem>Forward - Contact</guimenuitem>, which opens a new message with the card - already attached, and <guimenuitem>Send Message to - Contact</guimenuitem>, which will open a new message to the - contact. - </para> - <para> - The toolbar is relatively simple: <guilabel>Save and - Close</guilabel>, <guilabel>Print</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Close</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. - </para> - - - <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig"> - <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata - fileref="figures/contact-editor" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron - Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab has seven sections, - each with an icon: a face, for name and company; a telephone - for phone numbers; an envelope for email address; a globe for - web page address; a house for postal address; a file folder - for contacts, and a briefcase for categories. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Full Name</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field has two - major features: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You can enter a name into the <guibutton>Full - Name</guibutton> field, but you can also click the - <guibutton>Full Name</guibutton> button to bring - up a small dialog box with a few text boxes - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Title: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter an honorific or select one from the menu. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>First: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the first, or given, name. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the middle name or initial, if any. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Last: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter the last name (surname). - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Suffix: </guilabel></term> - <listitem> <para> - Enter suffixes such as "Jr." or "III." - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also - interacts with the <guilabel>File As</guilabel> - box to help you organize your contacts. - </para> - <para> - To see how it works, type a name in the - <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field. As an example, - we'll use the Ximian mascot, <userinput>Rupert - T. Monkey</userinput>. You'll notice that the - <guilabel>File As</guilabel> field also fills in, - but in reverse: <computeroutput>Monkey, - Rupert</computeroutput>. You can pick - <computeroutput>Rupert Monkey </computeroutput> from - the drop-down, or type in your own, such as - <userinput> T. Rupert Monkey </userinput>. - </para> - <tip> - <title>Filing Suggestion</title> - <para> - Don't enter something entirely different from the - actual name, since you might forget that you've filed - Rupert's information under "F" for "Fictitious Ximian - Employee." - </para> - </tip> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Multiple Values for Fields:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you click on the downward pointing triangle buttons - next to the <guilabel>Primary Email</guilabel> field, - you can also choose <guilabel>Email 2</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Email 3</guilabel>. Although the contact - editor will only display one of those at any given - time, <application>Evolution</application> will store - them all. Entries that have information in them have - a check mark next to them. The buttons next to the - telephone and postal address fields work in the same - way. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The last item in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is the - <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> organization tool; for - information on that, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize"/>. - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab is much simpler: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - The briefcase - Describes the person's professional life - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The face - Describes the person's personal life - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The globe - Miscellanious notes - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <tip> - <title>Contact Shortcuts</title> - <para> - You can add cards from within an email message or calendar - appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on - any email address or message, and choose - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or - <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem> - from the menu. - </para> - </tip> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="contact-search"> - <title>Searching for Contacts</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> allows searching through contacts - quickly and easily. - </para> - <para> - To search through contacts: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select your search focus in the search bar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter your query. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press return to search. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - To perform a complex search through your contacts: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Search for contacts</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name the rule in the <guilabel>Rule Name</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Setup your criteria information in the <guilabel>If</guilabel> section. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you want to add more criteria, click the <guibutton>Add - Criterion</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Search</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - To show all your contacts, select <guibutton>Show All</guibutton> in the - <guilabel>Search Bar</guilabel> or search with an empty query. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize"> - <title>Organizing your Addressbook</title> - <para> - Organizing your addressbook is a lot like organizing your - mail. You can have folders and searches the same way you can - with mail, but the addressbook does not allow Virtual Folders. It - does, however, allow each card to fall under several - categories, and allow you to create your own categories. To - learn about categories, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category"/>. - </para> - -<!-- UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURE - <para> - Another useful <application>Evolution</application> feature is - its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If - several people in your addressbook share an address, and you - change the address for one of them, - <application>Evolution</application> will ask you if you wish to - change the address for all of them, or just for one. - </para> ---> - - <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group"> - <title>Groups of contacts</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> offers two ways for you - to organize your cards. The first way is to use folders; - this works the same way mail folders do. For more - flexibility, you can also mark contacts as elements of - different categories. To better integrate with email tools, - you can also create lists of contacts that you can send mail - to as a single person. - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-folder"> - <title>Grouping with Folders</title> - <para> - The simplest way to group address cards is to use folders. - By default, cards start in the - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> folder. If you've read <xref - linkend="usage-mainwindow"/> then you already know that you - can create a new folder by selecting - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - and that you can put new folders anywhere you like. Just - like with mail, cards must be in a card folder, and no card - can be in two places at once. If you want more - flexibility, try <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category"/>. - </para> - <para> - To put a card into a folder, just drag it there from the - folder view. Remember that contact cards can only go in - contact folders, just like mail can only go in mail folders, - and calendars in calendar folders. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category"> - <title>Grouping with Categories</title> - <para> - The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging - to different categories. - That means that you - can mark a card as being in several categories or no - category at all. For example, I put my friend Matthew's - card in the "Business" category, because he works with me, - the "Friends" category, because he's also my friend, and - the "Frequent" category, because I call him all the time - and can never remember his phone number. - </para> - <para> - To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the - <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button at the lower - right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as - many or as few categories as you like. - </para> - - <!-- Feature Not Implemented - <para> - - If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can - add your own. Just enter the new category's name in the - text box, then click <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> and - choose <guilabel>Add to Master List</guilabel> in the - window that appears. - </para> - --> - - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-list"> - <title>Creating a List of Contacts</title> - <para> - To create a list of contacts: - - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the list creation dialog box by clicking the - <guibutton>New List</guibutton> button or selecting - <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - File - </guimenu> - <guisubmenu> - New - </guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem> - Contact List - </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Enter a name for the list. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter names or email addresses of contacts, or just - drag contacts from the main window into the list. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Choose whether you would like to hide the email - addresses when you send a message to the list. - Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended - that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the - same thing as using the "Bcc:" feature discussed in - <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"/>. - </para> - </listitem> - - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - When you are done, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The - list will appear as a contact card, which you can use as - you would any other. That includes emailing the list to - another person, and, of course, sending email to the list. - </para> - <para> - To mail the list, open a new email and type the name you - chose for the list. Ximian Evolution will address the - message to the entire list when you send it. You can also - right-click on the list's address card in the Addressbook - and select <guimenuitem>Send Message to List</guimenuitem>. - </para> - <para> - Ximian Evolution cannot store contact lists on Exchange - servers. - </para> - - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing"> - <title>LDAP: Shared Addressbooks on a Network</title> - - <para> - The <glossterm linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> protocol was - created to let users share contact information over a network by - sharing access to a central address book. LDAP allows a company - to maintain a shared set of contact information for a company or - department. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for - all their employees or for client contacts. - </para> - - <para> - To learn how to add a remote directory to your available - contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>. - Once you have a LDAP connection, the network contacts folder or - folders will appear inside the <guilabel>External - Directories</guilabel> folder in the folder bar. It will work - exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following - exceptions: - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Network folders are only available when you are - connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a - modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache the - network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping - your desired contacts into the local contacts list. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - To prevent excess network traffic, - <application>Evolution</application> will not normally - load the contents of LDAP folders immediately upon - opening. You must click <guilabel>Display - All</guilabel> before LDAP folder cards will be loaded - from the network. You can change this behavior in the - <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You cannot add, delete, or alter cards on the LDAP - server. If you need to change information there, you - will need to speak to your system administrator - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <sect2 id="usage-contact-sharing-setup"> - <title>Configuring Evolution to use LDAP</title> - <para> - For information about setting up - <application>Evolution</application> to use LDAP, please refer - to <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact" /> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="contact-automation-basic"> - <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title> - <para> - As noted before, when you get information about a person in - the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address - card. To do so, right click on any email address or email - message, and select <guimenuitem>Add Sender to Address Book</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears. - <application> Evolution</application> can also add cards from a - hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more - information about that, see <xref linkend="usage-sync"/>. - </para> - </sect1> - -<!-- Unimplemented features: - <para> - You can also use the addressbook to print postal addresses - on mailing labels. Future versions of - <application>Evolution</application> will allow you to you - export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word - processor so you can print address labels or prepare large - mailings. - </para> - <para> - Need a map or directions? Click <guibutton>MapIt</guibutton> from - within the addressbook, and <application>Evolution</application> - will map the address for you online. - </para> - --> -</chapter> - - - diff --git a/help/C/usage-exchange.xml b/help/C/usage-exchange.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 6c29418a2b..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-exchange.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1002 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="usage-exchange"> - <title>The Ximian Connector for Microsoft Exchange</title> - <para> - The Ximian Connector for Microsoft Exchange allows Ximian - Evolution clients to access accounts on Microsoft Exchange 2000 - servers. It is available through Ximian Red Carpet in its own - channel, but cannot be used without a license file. The license - file may be purchased from the Ximian online store at <ulink - url="http://store.ximian.com">store.ximian.com</ulink>. Unlike the - regular Ximian Evolution client, the Ximian Connector for - Microsoft Exchange is proprietary software and source code is not - available. - </para> - - <warning id="licensing"> - <title>Requirements</title> - <para> - Ximian Connector works only with Exchange 2000, and requires - that Outlook Web Access be enabled. Each user will need a - valid Microsoft Exchange 2000 server account, including license. - </para> - </warning> - - <sect1 id="new-in-connector"> -<title>What's New in Connector &appversion;</title> - <para> - Ximian Connector &appversion; has added the <guilabel>Out of - Office</guilabel> feature and an automatic configuration tool for - large Exchange deployments. - </para> - - <para> - Previous versions of Ximian Connector for Microsoft Exchange added - support for the <guibutton>Flag for Followup</guibutton> feature, - public folders, delegation, direct booking, and more. For - information on setting up delegation, see <xref - linkend="exchange-delegate" />. - </para> - -</sect1> - - <sect1 id="features"> - <title>Connector Features</title> - <para> - In addition to the features listed above, <application>Ximian - Connector</application> supports the following basic - <application>Microsoft Exchange</application> features: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - General - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Remote <application>Exchange</application> Information Store</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Allows you to access mail, address book (including - Global Address List folder), and calendars, and task - folders on an Exchange 2000 server from Evolution. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Palm synchronization</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Supported for Contacts and Calendars on Exchange. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mail - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Viewing Mail in Exchange Folder</term> - <listitem> - <para></para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Sending Email via Exchange Protocols</term> - <listitem> - <para> - You may use the Microsoft Exchange mail transport - protocol to send email. Make sure that the address - you have entered as your email address is exactly - the one that the Exchange server has on file. This - may be "yourname@exchange-server.ximian.com" rather - than "yourname@ximian.com." - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Calendar - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Meeting Request/Proposal</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Allows Evolution users to - schedule meetings and view attendee availability for - other users (Evolution or - Outlook users) on - Exchange. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Adding iCalendar Meeting Requests to Calendar</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you receive an iCalendar meeting request and add it - to your calendar, it will be saved to your - Exchange calendar. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Contacts - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Address Completion</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Supported for your Exchange - Contacts folder. Not yet supported for the Global - Address List. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Adding VCards to Address Book</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you receive a VCard attachment and click - <guibutton>Save in Address Book</guibutton>, it will - be saved to your Exchange address book. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>New Address Book entries can be created on - Exchange from received email - messages with a single click</term> - <listitem> - <para> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</para> - -<para> -There are, however, some features which are not available: -<itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Work Offline (disconnected mode). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - "Recall Message" function. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="install"> - <title>Installing the Connector</title> - <para> - To install the Ximian Connector, run Ximian Red Carpet by - selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get - Software</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Subscribe to the Ximian - Connector for Microsoft Exchange channel, select the Ximian - Connector for Microsoft - Exchange2000, and click the - <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button. You can also install - the Connector by downloading the individual packages from - ftp.ximian.com if you wish. - </para> - <para> - Once you have installed the software, you will also need to - install a license file. The license file is the verification - that you have paid for a license to use the Ximian - Connector. You can get the license file from the the Ximian - online store at <ulink - url="http://store.ximian.com">store.ximian.com</ulink>. You - will need a browser with strong (128-bit or greater) encryption - to access the store. When you purchase a Ximian Connector - license, the store will mail you the license file with - instructions for installation. Once installed, the license file - unlocks the Ximian Connector functionality and you may connect - to an Exchange server. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="exchange-configure"> - <title>Adding your Exchange Account in Ximian Evolution</title> - <para> - Once you have installed the Connector, you need to set up access - for your Exchange account on both the - Exchange server and within Evolution. - </para> - - <sect2 id="config-server"> - <title>Exchange Server Settings</title> - <para> - Check with your system administrator to ensure that: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You have a valid account on the Exchange server. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> You are permitted to access the account with - WebDAV. This is the default setting for the - Exchange server, so unless - your system administrator has specifically turned it - off, no changes should be necessary. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - The Ximian website knowledge base, at <ulink type="http" - url="http://support.ximian.com">support.ximian.com</ulink>, - has additional information about checking to make sure that - your Exchange server will accept - connections from Ximian Evolution. - </para> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="config-client"> - <title>Standard Configuration Tool for Ximian Connector</title> - <para> - Once you know that your server is ready for you to connect, - you are ready to add your Exchange account to Ximian Connector. - </para> - - - <sect3 id="config-easy"> - <title>Simple Configuration Tool for Ximian Connector</title> - <para> - Ximian Connector 1.4 comes with a simple account creation tool - for some installations. Other installations will require - the standard account tool described in <xref - linkend="config-client" /> below. - </para> - <para> - The simple assistant works in the following cases: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If you receive your license key in Ximian Evolution, the - simple assistant will start when you click the - license file attachment and choose <guibutton>Open in - Ximian Connector</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you have no accounts configured, and your system - administrator has preinstalled a license key file, - the simple assistant will start when you start Ximian - Evolution. It asks only for the name of your Outlook - Web Access server, and your username and password. Ximian - Connector will determine the remaining information on its own. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - If the simple account tool does not run automatically, create - an account as described below. - </para> - </sect3> - - - <sect3 id="config-exchange-new-account"> - <title>Creating a New Exchange Account</title> - - - <para> - If you would like to create a new account for your Exchange - server, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - from any mail view. Then click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - button in the accounts list. The account creation assistant - will guide you through the process, which is also described in - <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting"/>. If you're not - sure about any of the information you need, just ask your - system administrator. - </para> - - <note id="license-file-issues"> - <title>Installing the License File</title> - <para> - Your purchase email will contain instructions for installing - the license file: it may be opened with Ximian Evolution and - installed automatically that way, or placed in the - <systemitem>evolution</systemitem> directory in your home - directory. - </para> - <para> - Be aware that the <systemitem>evolution</systemitem> directory in - your home directory won't exist if you haven't already run - Ximian Evolution. If you have not - done so already, start Ximian - Evolution and configure an account as described - below. Then, quit the application and place the - <systemitem>connector-key.txt</systemitem> file in your - <systemitem>evolution</systemitem> directory. When you start - Evolution again, the license will - be verified and Ximian Connector will work properly. - </para> - </note> - - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Identity</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter your name and email address. If you wish, - you may add your organization and the location of your - signature file. Only your name and email address are - required. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Receiving Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - In this step, you'll enter information about the way - you check mail: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - First, select <guilabel>Microsoft - Exchange</guilabel> as your server type. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the name of your Exchange email server, and - the user name you would use to log in to a - Windows workstation in your organization. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you wish, select the box labeled - <guilabel>Use secure connection - (SSL)</guilabel>, to take advantage of a more - secure connection method. This may allow you to - connect to the server from outside your - firewall. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the kind of authentication your network - uses. You can click the <guibutton>Check for Supported - Types</guibutton> button to see which kinds will work. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you would like Evolution to - remember your password, check the box labeled - <guilabel>Remember this password</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Receiving Mail, Step Two</term> - <listitem> - <para>There are a few additional options in this step: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Checking for New Mail: If you would like to - check for new mail automatically, click the - checkbox and enter an interval in minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the - name of your global catalog server (directory - server). This will allow you to use the Global - Address List (GAL). Normally, - Evolution will fetch - a maximum of 500 responses to any query, but you - may increase or decrease this number if you - wish. A lower number decreases load on the - server, and many servers will refuse to return - more than 1000 results, no matter how many you - ask for. - - <note id="why-you-need-gal"> - <title>The Global Catalog Server</title> - <para> - The Global Catalog server provides you with - access to the Global Address List, - free/busy information, and folder delegation - features. These may not work properly if you do - not have a Global Catalog server. - </para> - </note> - - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Exchange Server: There are two options here: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Exchange mailbox name: Enter your exchange - mailbox name. The suggested value is - probably correct. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, - the URL for Outlook Web Access is - "http://server.company.com/exchange." If your - system has a URL that does not end in - "/exchange," enter the custom path here. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Public Folder Server: Enter the name of - your public folder server here. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this - server: Check this box to filter messages in - this account. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Sending Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para>Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as - your email sending method. There is nothing else to do - in this step.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Account Management</term> - <listitem> - <para>Enter a name that you will use to remember this - account. "Exchange Account" is a good suggestion. Note - that you cannot have two accounts with the same name. - If you'd like to make this your default account for - sending email, check the <guilabel>Make this my default - account</guilabel> box.</para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para> - You're done. Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> and - <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, then quit - Evolution and start it again. Now - you're ready to get to work on the Exchange server. - </para> - - - - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="config-exchange-existing-account"> - <title>Changing an Existing Account to Work with Exchange</title> - <para> - If you have an existing email account, and want to convert it - to use for Exchange, select the account you want to convert - and click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. You'll want - to change settings in the following tabs of the account - dialog: - </para> - - <figure> - <title>Exchange Account Settings: Identity</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step One: Identity</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-identity" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Identity</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If your email address will change because you are moving - to a new server, then change it in this tab. Otherwise, - move to the next tab. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Receiving Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as your - server type. Enter your name of your server next to - <guilabel>Host</guilabel>, and the user name for your - account next to <guilabel>Username</guilabel>. If your - server supports SSL (Secure Socket Layer) encryption, it - you can check the <guilabel>Use SSL</guilabel> box to - take advantage of more secure data transfers. - - - - <figure> - <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Two: Receiving Mail</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - </para> - - - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - <varlistentry> - <term>Receiving Options</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Here, you'll find some additional settings: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Checking for New Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select whether you would like to check for - mail automatically, and if so, how often. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Global Address List/Active Directory</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Global Address List (GAL) is an - addressbook for everyone represented in - your organization's Exchange deployment. To - use the GAL, click the tab labeled - <guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel> and - enter the name of your Global Catalog - Server. The GAL is maintained by your - system administrator and you cannot add, - change, or remove items from it using - Ximian Evolution. However, you can use it - to invite people to meetings and to look up - addresses and other information. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Exchange Server</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If your Exchange server requires you to use a - different mailbox name from the name you use to - log in, select the second check-box and enter - the mailbox name. Check with your system - administrator to be sure. - </para> - <para> - In most cases, the URL for web access is - "http://server.company.com/exchange." If your - system has a path that is not "exchange," check - the box and enter the custom path here. - </para> - <para> - If your network uses a different server - for Public Folders than for personal - folders, enter its name here. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - - <figure> - <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Three: Mail Options</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive-options" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Sending Mail</term> - <listitem> - <para> - If you will use your Exchange server to send as well as - receive mail, select <guilabel>Microsoft - Exchange</guilabel> as your server type, and enter the - server name as the <guilabel>Host</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - <para> - - Once you have made those changes, click the - <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - Then, quit Evolution and start it - up again. Changes to the Ximian Connector accounts - configuration are not active until you have restarted the - application. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="access"> - <title>Accessing the Exchange Server</title> - <para> - Like IMAP and LDAP data, information for - Exchange accounts is stored on the - server, not on your desktop computer. This means that you can - access it from multiple locations. It also means that your - Microsoft Exchange account information - is in a separate folder tree from the <guilabel>Local</guilabel> - tree in your folder bar. You'll see it below the local tree, - with the name you gave the account. If you have multiple - accounts, you will have multiple folder trees. - </para> - <para> - Click on any of the folder tree items to visit them; you may - have to enter your server password. You can now create contact - cards, send and receive email as you would normally. If there - are items in your local calendar or addressbook that you'd like - to add to your Exchange stores, you - can copy and paste them over, or just drag items from one folder - to another as you would with two local stores. - </para> - - <note id="save-to-local-or-exchange"> - <title>Saving Attached Addresses and Appointments</title> - <para> - If you are using both an Exchange account and a local mail - account, you should be aware that whenever you save an email - address or appointment from an email message, it will be - saved in your Exchange contacts list or calendar, rather - than in your local account. The same is true of - synchronization with Palm-OS devices: tasks, appointments, - and addresses from your Palm-OS device will be synchronized - with those in the Exchange folders rather than local - folders. - </para> - </note> - - <tip id="gal-empty"> - <title>The Global Address List Appears Empty At First</title> - <para> - To avoid unnecessary strain on the server, the GAL will - appear empty until you have searched for something in it. - If you want to display all the cards in the list, click in - the search box and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. This - enters a blank search: since every card contains a blank in - it, every card will appear. - </para> - </tip> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="exchange-settings"> - <title>Special Connector Only Settings</title> - <para> - There are two items in the Evolution preferences window that - are available only with Ximian Connector. The first is - delegation and permissions handling, and the second is the - creation of "Out of Office" messages. - </para> - - <sect2 id="exchange-delegate"> - <title>Access Delegation</title> - <para> - You can allow other people in your organization's Global - Address List to access your calendar, address - book, and messages, and they can let you manage theirs. - Delegation allows people to do anything from check on each - other's schedules to completely manage their personal - information. - </para> - - <sect3 id="exchange-delegate-to-others"> - <title>Delegating Access to Others</title> - <para> - To add someone to your list of delegates, click the - <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button and select them from the - Global Address List. When delegating you can grant different - levels of access to different types of data. You may also - decide whether the access you grant applies to items marked - <guilabel>Private</guilabel>, or only to public items. - </para> - - - <figure> - <title>Exchange Account Delegation</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Exchange Account Delegation Settings</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-delegation" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - - <para> - For each of the four types of folder, you may select one of - the following levels of access: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>None</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Do not allow this person to access any folders of - this type. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Reviewer (read-only)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Allow the person to see items in this type of - folder, but not create new items or edit existing - items. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Author (read, create)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The delegate may view items in your folders, and may - create new items, but may not change any existing items. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Editor (read, create, edit)</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The delegate may view, create, and change items in - your folders. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3 id="exchange-delegated-to-you"> - <title>Acting as a Delegate for Others</title> - <para> - To see the list of people who have granted you access to - their folders, click the <guilabel>Acting as a - Delegate</guilabel> tab in the Exchange Delegation settings - window. If you plan to send email on behalf of someone, - click the checkbox next to their name, and an email identity - will be created. You can then select that identity in the - <guilabel>From</guilabel> list in your message composer. - </para> - - <para> - To access the folders delegated to you, do the following: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Open Other User's Folder</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the email address of the user who - has delegated to you or click the - <guibutton>User</guibutton> button to select them from your - addressbook. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder you wish to open. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Folders delegated to you appear in your folder list inside a - folder labeled with the name of their owner. For example, if - Martha Thompson delegates folders to you, you will see a - folder called <guilabel>Martha Thompson's Folders</guilabel> - in the folder tree at the same level as your <guilabel>Personal - Folders</guilabel> and <guilabel>Public - Folders</guilabel>. - </para> - - <note id="error"> - <title>Error Messages</title> - <para> - If the folder fails to open properly, check with the - folder owner that you have been granted the correct access - permissions. - </para> - </note> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - - <sect2 id="exchange-out-of-office"> - <title>Setting an Out of Office Message</title> - <para> - An <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message is - an automatic reply that you can send to emails, explaining why - you aren't going to respond to their message. For example, if - you go on vacation for a week and will be away from email, you - can set an automatic reply so that people who write to you know - that you aren't ignoring them. - </para> - <para> - To create an <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message, - select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> and then click the <guibutton>Out of - Office</guibutton> button. - </para> - - <para> - Then, click <guilabel>I am currently - out of the office.</guilabel>. Then, enter a short message in - the text entry box. Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. - </para> - <para> - Your message will be sent automatically to - anyone who sends you mail until you return and click - <guilabel>I am currently in the office</guilabel>. - </para> - </sect2> - - - </sect1> - - - <sect1 id="full-advantage"> - <title>Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</title> - <para> - When you schedule a meeting with your calendar on the - Exchange server, you can check when - other local Exchange users are busy according to their - Exchange calendars. To do so: - </para> - <figure> - <title>Scheduling With Free/Busy Information</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Using the Free/Busy Feature</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <note id="reminders-in-exchange"> - <title>Reminders In Exchange</title> - <para> - Reminders for appointments in your Exchange calendar will - not work until you have run Evolution at least once after - logging in. This is different from locally stored reminders, - which will work from the moment you log in, regardless of - whether you have run Evolution in the session. - </para> - </note> - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open a new appointment in the calendar. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> in the meeting editor window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> Add attendees, either by entering their email - addresses into the list, or by clicking the - <guibutton>Invite Others</guibutton> button. If you choose - to so, it's best to use the Global Address List (GAL). - Choose the GAL from the drop-down list of address sources - at the top of the dialog box. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose <guilabel>Options</guilabel> and then - <guilabel>Update Free/Busy</guilabel> to check participant - schedules and, if possible, update the meeting in all - participants' calendars. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <tip id="autopick"> - <title>Using Autopick to Adjust Meeting Times</title> - <para> - If meeting attendees are not available during the times you - have scheduled a meeting, you can "nudge" the meeting forward - or backward to the nearest available time. To do so, just - click the arrows to the left or right of the - <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel> button. The Autopick tool will - move the meeting to the nearest time during which all - attendees are available. If you aren't satisfied with those - results, you can drag the edges of the meeting time to the - hours that you want to select. - </para> - </tip> - </sect1> -</chapter> - diff --git a/help/C/usage-exec-summary.xml b/help/C/usage-exec-summary.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 69eab4f91c..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-exec-summary.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ - -<chapter id="usage-summary"> - <title>Getting Oriented with the Ximian Evolution Summary</title> - - <sect1 id="summary-intro"> - <title>Using the Summary</title> - <para> - The Ximian Evolution Summary can show you what you need to know - quickly. It will show you your tasks for that day, how many - emails are waiting for you, and much more. - </para> - <para> - To begin using your Summary, click on the <guilabel>Shortcut - Bar</guilabel> or <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> at the top of the - <guilabel>Folder Bar</guilabel>. By default, you will see: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Weather Reports - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - News feeds from the Internet - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mail summary - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Appointments - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Tasks - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="customizing-summary"> - <title>Customizing the Summary's Modules</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution's</application> modules can be customized - to suit your needs. For example, you can choose which mail - boxes are summarized, and which news services appear. - </para> - - - <note id="summary-http-proxy"> - <title>Using the Summary through an HTTP Proxy</title> - <para> - If you use an HTTP proxy, <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> must be able to find it through the - <systemitem>gnome-vfs</systemitem> subsystem before it can - access news and weather from the Internet. This is also - the case if you wish to load remote images into HTML mail - message. - </para> - <para> - You can find the proxy settings tool in the Control Center. - </para> -</note> - - - <sect2 id="customizing-summary-weather"> - <title>Customizing the Weather Summary</title> - <para> - To add a city to be displayed in the weather: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and - select the <guilabel>Summary Preferences</guilabel> tool. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guilabel>Weather</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the city on the left hand column. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Below the list of cities, you can select the time, in seconds, - between updates, and whether you wish to see temperatures in Celsius - or Farenheit. - </para> - - </sect2> - <sect2 id="customizing-feeds"> - <title>Customizing Your News Feeds</title> - <para> - To customize your news feeds: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and - select the <guilabel>Summary Preferences</guilabel> tool. Then, choose the - <guilabel>News Feeds</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - In the left hand column, select the news feed to add to - your display. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can also add your own news feeds. Evolution will display - RDF formatted XML news feeds from the website of your - choice. For most sites, it's a file called "index.rdf." - </para> - - </sect2> - <sect2 id="customizing-mail"> - <title>Customizing Your Mail Summary</title> - <para> - To customize your mail summary: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and - select the <guilabel>Summary Preferences</guilabel> tool. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Mail</guibutton> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Expand the folder tree to the folders you wish to - display in the Summary. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the checkbox to the left of that folder. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="customizing-cal"> - <title>Customizing Your Schedule Summary</title> - <para> - To customize your calendar summary: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and - select the <guilabel>Summary Preferences</guilabel> tool. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Schedule</guibutton> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose whether you'd like appointments displayed for one - day, five days, a week, or a month. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose whether you'd like to display all tasks, or just - the tasks due today. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/usage-mail-org.xml b/help/C/usage-mail-org.xml deleted file mode 100644 index cf4860e649..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mail-org.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1302 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-mail-organize"> - <title>Organizing and Managing your Email</title> - <para> - Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably - want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day - and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago, - you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them. - Fortunately, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> has the tools - to help you do it. - </para> - - <sect1 id="importing-mail-and-settings"> - <title>Importing Your Old Email and Settings</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> allows you to import old - email and data so that you don't need to worry about losing your - old information. - </para> - <sect2 id="importing-mail"> - <title>Importing Email and Other Data</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> can import the - following types of files: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>VCard (.vcf, gcrd):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The addressbook format used by the GNOME, KDE, and - many other contact management applications. You - should be able to export to VCard format from any - address book application. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>iCalendar (.ics):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by - PalmOS based handhelds, Ximian - <application>Evolution</application>, and Microsoft - <application>Outlook</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express - 4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see - the workaround described in the note below. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A standard data format for address book cards. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>MBox (mbox):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The email box format used by Mozilla, Netscape, - Ximian Evolution, Eudora, and many other email clients. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - To import your old email: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> after reading the Welcome screen. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guibutton>Import a single file</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Find the file that you wish to import into <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Import</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="importing-preferences"> - <title>Importing Preferences</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> can import all your old - mail, contacts, and other information from other applications, - making your transition to <application>Evolution</application> - easy. - </para> - <para> - To import your old information: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> after reading the Welcome screen. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guibutton>Import data and settings from older programs</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - The left-most column shows the application which your - information will be imported from. You then select - checkboxes on each component to import different - properties of each application. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Import</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - <note> - <title>Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Users</title> - <para> - Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after - version 4, use proprietary formats that <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> cannot read or import. For contacts, - you may have to email them to yourself and import them that - way. For email, there is a simpler workaround: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - - <listitem> - <para> - While using Windows, import the files into Mozilla Mail (or - another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the - standard mbox format). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Copy the files to the system or partition you use for - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Use the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> import - tool to import the files. There's more information about - why this works, and how, at the Ximian support website. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <title>Netscape Users</title> - <para> - Before importing mail from Netscape, make sure you select - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All - Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you don't, - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> will import and undelete - the messages in your Trash folders. - </para> - </note> - - </para> - - </sect2> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-columns"> - <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title> - <para> - By default, the message list has columns with the following - headings: an envelope icon indicating whether you have read - or replied to a message, an exclamation point indicating priority, and the - <guilabel>From</guilabel>, <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>, and - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> fields. You can change their order - and remove them by dragging and dropping them. - - To add columns: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on the column header - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guimenuitem>Add a Column</guimenuitem> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click and drag a column you want into a space between - existing column headers. A red arrow will show you where - the column will be placed. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of - options: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Sorts the messages top to bottom. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Sorts the messages bottom to top. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Remove this - Column</guimenuitem>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Remove this column from the display. You can also remove - columns by dragging the header off the list and - letting it drop. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Customize Current - View</guimenuitem>:</term> <listitem><para> Choose this - item to pick a more complex sort order for messages, or - to choose which columns of information about your - messages you wish to display - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-columns-followup"> - <title>Column Sorting with the Follow Up Feature</title> - <para> - One way to make sure you don't forget about a message is - with the <guilabel>Follow Up</guilabel> feature. To use it, - select one or more messages, and then right-click on one and select - <guimenuitem>Follow Up</guimenuitem>. A dialog box will open - and allow you to set the type of flag and the due date. - </para> - <para> - The <guilabel>Flag</guilabel> itself is the action you - want to remind yourself about. Several are provided for you, such as - <guilabel>Call</guilabel>, <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>, and - <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>, but you can enter your own note or - action if you wish. You may set a deadline date for the flag - as well, if you wish. - </para> - <para> - Once you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or - remove it entirely by right-clicking on the message and - selecting <guilabel>Flag Completed</guilabel> or <guilabel>Clear - Flag</guilabel>. - </para> - - <para> - When you read a flagged message, its flag status will be - displayed right at the top, before the message headers. An - overdue message might tell you <guilabel>Overdue: Call by April 07, 2003, 5:00 PM</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For - example, you might add a <interface>Flag Status</interface> column to your message - list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a vFolder - that displays all your flagged messages, and clear the flags - when you're done, so the vFolder contains only messages with - upcoming deadlines. - </para> - - </sect2> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-folders"> - <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> keeps mail, as well as - address cards and calendars, in folders. You start out with a - few mail folders, such as <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, - but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by - selecting <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> and then - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> from the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> will ask you for the name - and the type of the folder, and will provide you with a folder - tree so you can pick where it goes. - </para> - <para> - When you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, your new folder will - appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can - then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by - using the <guibutton>Move</guibutton> button in the - toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click - on the ones you want to move while holding down the - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to - select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the - <interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail - filed automatically. - </para> - - <warning id="imap-subfolders"> - <title>Subfolders in IMAP</title> - <para> - The INBOX folder on most IMAP servers cannot contain both - subfolders and messages. When you create additional folders - on your IMAP mail server, branch them from the root of the - IMAP account's folder, tree, not from INBOX. If you create - subfolders in your INBOX folder, you will lose the ability - to read messages that exist in your INBOX until you move the - folders out of the way. - </para> - </warning> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-search"> - <title>Searching for Messages</title> - <para> - Most mail clients can search through your messages for you, - but <application>Ximian Evolution</application> does it faster. You - can search through just the message subjects, just the message - body, or both body and subject. - </para> - <para> - To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area - right below the toolbar, and choose a search type: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains</guilabel>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search message subjects and the messages - themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in - the search field. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guilabel>Body contains</guilabel>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will search only in message text, not the subject - lines. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This will show you messages where the search text is - in the subject line. It will not search in the - message body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every email message that does not have the - search text in the message body. It will still show - messages that have the search text in the subject - line, if it is not also in the body. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term> - <listitem> - <para> - This finds every mail whose subject does not contain - the search text. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - When you've entered your search phrase, press - <keycap>Enter</keycap>. <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - will show your search results in the message list. - </para> - - <para> - If you think you'll want to return to a search again, you can - save it and execute it later. Just click <guilabel> Save - Search</guilabel> from the <guimenu>Search</guimenu> menu. Then, - you can run that search on any folder by selecting it from the - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> menu. You may also want to create a - vFolder instead; see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders" /> for more detail. - </para> - - <para> - When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your - messages by choosing <guimenuitem>Show All</guimenuitem> from - the <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down box, or enter a - blank search. - </para> - - <para> - If you'd like to perform a more complex search, open the - advanced search dialog by selecting - <guilabel>Advanced...</guilabel> from the - <guilabel>Search</guilabel> drop-down menu. Then, create your - search criteria (each with the same options you saw in the - regular search bar), and decide whether you want to find - messages that match all of them, or messages that match even - one. Then, click <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to go and find - those messages. - </para> - - <para> - You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you - create filters and vFolders in the next few sections. - </para> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-filters"> - <title>Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title> - <para> - Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company. - Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the - various folders. In addition, you can have multiple filters - performing multiple actions that may effect the same message - in several ways. For example, your filters could put copies - of one message into multiple folders, or keep a copy and send - one to another person as well, and it can do that quickly. Of - course, it's also faster and more flexible than an actual - person with a pile of envelopes. - </para> - - - <tip id="easy-filter"> - <title>Quick Filter Creation</title> - <para> - There is an easy shortcut for fast filter or vFolder - creation. Right-click on the message in the message - list, and select one of the items under the - <guimenuitem>Create Rule from Message</guimenuitem> - submenu. - </para> - </tip> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-org-filters-new"> - <title>Making New Filters</title> - <para> - To create a new filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name your filter in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field. - For each filter criterion, you must first select - which of the following parts of the message you want the filter to - examine: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Sender - The sender's address. - </para></listitem> - - - <listitem><para> - Recipients - The recipients of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Subject - The subject line of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Specific Header - The filter can look at any header you - want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name - in the first text box, and put your search text in the - second one. - - - <note id="multiple-repeated-headers"> - <title>Repeated Headers</title> - <para> - If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution will - pay attention only to the first instance, even if the - message defines the header differently the second - time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: - header as "engineering@rupertcorp.com" and then restates - it as "marketing@rupertcorp.com," Evolution will filter as - though the second declaration had not occurred. To filter - on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular - expression. - </para> - </note> - - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an - expression you write in the Scheme language, used to - define filters in <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. - </para> - -<para> - - <figure id="usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule"> - <title>Creating a Mail Filter</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating a Mail Filter</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/filter-new-fig" format="PNG" - srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <note id="lots-of-filters"> - <title>What if Multiple Filters Match One Message?</title> - <para> - If you have several filters that match a single message, - they will all be applied to the message, in order, unless - one of the filters has the action <guibutton>Stop - Processing</guibutton>. If you use that action in a - filter, the messages that it affects will not be touched - by other filters. - </para> - <para> - When you first open the filters dialog, you are shown the - list of filters sorted in the order in which they will be - applied. You can move them up and down in the priority list - by clicking the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> and - <guibutton>Down</guibutton> buttons. - </para> - </note> -</para> - </listitem> - - - - <listitem><para> Date sent - Filter messages according to the date on - which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you - want a message to meet — <guilabel>before</guilabel> - a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. - Then, choose the time. The filter will compare the - message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter - is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a - calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a - range of time relative to the filter — perhaps you're - looking for messages less than two days old. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> - option, except that it compares the time you got the message - with the dates you specify. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Score - Set the message score to any whole number greater than - 0. To use filters with scoring, use one filter to score a - message, and then apply other filters only to messages with - the scores you seek. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Size (kb) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Status - Filters according to the status of a message, such as - 'New'. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Attachments - Create a filter based on whether or not you - have an attachment in the email. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Mailing List - Filter based on the mailing list it came from. - </para> - <note> - <title>How Does Filtering on Mailing Lists Work?</title> - <para> - Filtering on mailing list actually looks for a - specific mailing-list header called the - <computeroutput>X-BeenThere</computeroutput> - header, used to identify mailing lists or other - redistributors of mail. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Regex Match - If you know your way around a - <glossterm - linkend="regular-expression">regex</glossterm>, or - regular expression, put your knowledge to use - here. This allows you to search for complex - patterns of letters, so that you can find, for - example, all words that start with a and ends with - m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, - or all messages that declare a particular header - twice. For information about how to use regular - expressions, check the manual page for the - <command>grep</command> command. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Source Account - Filter messages according the server you got them from. - You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down - list. This ability is only relevant if you use more - than one mail source. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the criterion for the condition. If you want multiple - criteria for this filter, press <guibutton>Add - criterion</guibutton> and repeat the previous step. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the actions for the filter in the <guilabel>Then</guilabel> - section. You can select any of the following options. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Move to Folder - If you select this item, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Copy to Folder - If you select this item, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - will put the messages into a folder you specify. Click the - <guibutton><click here to select a folder></guibutton> button - to select a folder. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Forward to Address - Select this, enter an address, and the addressee will - get a copy of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Delete - Marks the message for deletion. You can still get the message - back, at least until you <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> your - mail yourself. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Stop Processing - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore - this message, because whatever you've done with it so far - is plenty. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Assign Color - Select this item, and <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - will mark the message with whatever color you please. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Assign Score - If you know that all mail with - "important" somewhere in the message body line is - important, you can give it a high priority score. In a subsequent filter you can - then arrange your messages by their priority score. - </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Set Status - If you want to add multiple actions for this filter, press - <guibutton>Add action</guibutton> and repeat the previous step. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <note id="when-filters-go-wrong"> - <title>When Are Filters Applied?</title> - <para> - If you use Ximian Connector to store your mail on an - Exchange server, filters are not applied until you open - your INBOX folder and select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply - Filters</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press - <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo> - </para> - </note> - - <example id="filter-example"> - <title>Using a Filter to Avoid Spam</title> - <para> - Spam, also known as unsolicited commercial email (UCE), is - the bane of many people's Inboxes, but it doesn't have to - be. Using Ximian Evolution filters and an external Spam - detection tool like <application>SpamAssassin</application> (<ulink - url="http://spamassassin.org/">http://spamassassin.org/</ulink>), - you can catch the vast majority of junk mail and drop it - directly into the trash. - </para> - <para> - The easiest way to do this is to get your system - administrator to install SpamAssassin (or its equivalent) - on your mail server. There, it will flag messages it - suspects of being Spam with the "X-Spam-Status" header to - your mail, which you can then search for in a - filter. Because SpamAssassin scores mails based on the - likelihood that messages are junk, you can even choose how - strict you want it to be. If you don't have a friendly - network administrator, never fear: you can install - SpamAssassin on your own system, then pipe messages through - it before reading them. - </para> - - <para> - If your system administrator or ISP has SpamAssassin, here's how to siphon off the junk mail: - <orderedlist> - - <listitem><para> - Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Set the first part of your search criterion to look in a <guilabel>Specific header</guilabel>. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Enter <userinput>X-Spam-Flag</userinput> as the name of the header. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Choose <guilabel>contains</guilabel> at the second drop-down box. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Enter <userinput>YES</userinput> as the content to search for. - You're now working with all email that has the word "YES" in the - "X-Spam-Status" header. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - For actions, choose what you'd like to do with the - messages. You can delete the messages automatically, but - it's more prudent to place them in a "Possible Junk Mail" - folder, and check them over just to make sure a genuine - message didn't get flagged by accident. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. You're done. - </para></listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - If you don't have SpamAssassin or other junk mail filtering - on your mail server, there's still hope, although it's not - quite as simple. First, download - and install SpamAssassin from <ulink - url="http://spamassassin.org">http://spamassassin.org</ulink> - You'll need to download the "spamassassin" - and "perl-Mail-SpamAssassin" - packages, and you can install them with Red Carpet by - selecting <guimenuitem>Install Local Packages</guimenuitem> - from the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. Further instructions are at the - SpamAssassin web site. Once you have the software - installed, do the following: - - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Create a text file with any text editor ( - <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - Programs - </guimenu> - <guisubmenu> - Accessories - </guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem> - Text Editor - </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> is the most convenient) and write the next command: - <command>spamassassin -e</command>. - This will run the SpamAssassin command and report back 0 - if the message is not junk. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Save the file as <filename>spam-filter.sh</filename> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mark the file as an executable program: - Open your home directory in <application>Nautilus</application>, right-click on - spam-filter.sh there, and select - <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Then, click the - <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab and check the box in the - <guilabel>Execute</guilabel> column and the - <guilabel>Owner</guilabel> row. Alternately, open a terminal - (<menuchoice> - <guimenu> - Programs - </guimenu> - <guisubmenu> - Accessories - </guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem> - Terminal - </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>) and enter the command: <command>chmod +x spam-filter.sh</command>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Back in Evolution, create a new filter: Select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, - then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Select <guilabel>Pipe Message to Shell Command</guilabel> as the first portion of the criterion. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Enter <userinput>/home/username/spam-filter.sh</userinput> as the shell command, then select - <guilabel>Does Not Return</guilabel> and <guilabel>0</guilabel> as the remaining two - items. Substitute your username for "username" so that - Evolution can find the script. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - For actions, choose what you'd like to do with the - messages. You can delete the messages automatically, but - it's more prudent to place them in a "Possible Junk Mail" - folder, and check them over just to make sure a genuine - message didn't get flagged by accident. - </para></listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You're done. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the filter and <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to - close the filter editor. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </example> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="filters-edit"> - <title>Editing Filters</title> - <para> - To edit a filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the filter in the <guilabel>Filter Rules</guilabel> section - and press <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Change the desired settings. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the filter editor window. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the filter manager window. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="filters-deleting"> - <title>Deleting Filters</title> - <para> - To delete a filter: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenu>Filters</guimenu> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the filter and press <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - <note> - <title>Changing Folder Names and Filters</title> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Incoming email that your filters don't move goes - into the Inbox; outgoing mail that they don't move - ends up in the Sent folder. So be sure to change - the filters that go with it. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"> - <title>Getting Really Organized with vFolders</title> - <para> - If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find - yourself performing the same search again and again, consider - a vFolder. vFolders, or virtual folders, are an advanced way - of viewing your email messages within - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. If you get a lot of - mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders - can help you stay on top of things. - </para> - <para> - A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational - tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you - set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional - folder actually contains messages, a vFolder is a view of - messages that may be in several different folders. The - messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of - criteria you choose in advance. - </para> - - <para> - As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are - deleted, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> will - automatically place them in and remove them from the - vFolder contents list. When you delete a message, it gets - erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as - any vFolders which display it. - </para> - - <para> - Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds - of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and - changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and - students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you - can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an - organizational system that's not flexible enough. vFolders - make for better organization because they can accept - overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing - systems can't. - </para> - - - <note id="unmatched-vfolder"> - <title>The "Unmatched" vFolder</title> - <para> - The Unmatched vFolder is the mirror of all your other - vFolders: it displays whatever messages are not matched by - other vFolders. - </para> - <para> - If you use remote email storage like IMAP or Microsoft - Exchange, and have created vFolders to search through them, - the Unmatched vFolder will follow your lead, and search the - remote folders as well. If you do not create any vFolders that - search in remote mail stores, the Unmatched vFolder will not - search in them either. - </para> - </note> - - - <example id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders-ex"> - <title>Using Folders, Searches, and vFolders</title> - <para> - To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual folder for emails from - his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another one for messages that - have ximian.com in the address and <application>Ximian Evolution</application> in the subject line, so he - can keep a record of what people from work send him about - <application>evolution</application>. If Anna sends him a message about - anything other than <application>Ximian Evolution</application>, it only shows up in the "Anna" folder. - When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for - <application>evolution</application>, he can see that message both in - the "Anna" vFolder and in the "Internal Evolution Discussion" - vFolder. - </para> - </example> - - <!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: vFolders in action) --> - - <sect2 id="vfolder-create"> - <title>Creating vFolders</title> - <para> - To create a vFolder: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Name your vFolder in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field. - - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select your search criteria. For each criterion, you - must first select which of the following parts of the - message you want the search to examine: - - <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule"> - <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="PNG" - srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - </para> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para> - Sender - The sender's address. - </para></listitem> - - - <listitem><para> - Recipients - The recipients of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Subject - The subject line of the message. - </para></listitem> - -<!-- No, can't vfolder on arbitrary headers - <listitem><para> - Specific Header - The vFolder can look at any header you - want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name - in the first text box, and put your search text in the - second one. - </para></listitem> ---> - - <listitem><para> - Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an - expression you write in the Scheme language, used to - define vFolders in <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para> Date sent - Search messages according to the date on - which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you - want a message to meet — <guilabel>before</guilabel> - a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth. - Then, choose the time. The vFolder will compare the - message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter - is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a - calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a - range of time relative to the filter — perhaps you're - looking for messages less than two days old. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> - option, except that it compares the time you got the message - with the dates you specify. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Label - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Score</guilabel> - option, although it allows you to select from various labels applied to the message, - such as <guilabel>Important, Personal, To Do, - Work</guilabel> or <guilabel>Later</guilabel>. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Score - Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least - important) to 3 (most important). You can have vFolders set the - priority of messages you receive, and then have other - vFolders - applied only to those messages which have a certain priority. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Size (kb) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Status - Searches according to the status of a message, such as - 'New'. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Attachments - Create a vFolder based on whether or not you have an - attachment in the email. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Mailing List - Search based on the mailing list it came from. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Source Account - Search messages according the server you got them from. - You can enter a URL or choose one from the drop-down - list. This ability is only relevant if you use more - than one mail source. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder sources. You can select: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Specific folders only - <note> - <para> - If you select specific folders only, you need to specify the - source folders in the box below. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - With all local folders - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - With all active remote folders - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - With all local and active folders - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the - server; you must be connected to your mail server for the vFolder to - include any messages from that source. - </para> - - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-mail.xml b/help/C/usage-mail.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 65a7a30715..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mail.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1883 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-mail"> - <title>Using Evolution for Email</title> - <para> - This chapter, and <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize"/>, will - provide you with an in-depth guide to the capabilities of - Evolution as a mail client. For information about how to set up - your mail account, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>. - </para> - - <note> - <title>If you use IMAP Mail</title> - <para> - If you chose IMAP mail during the setup process, you must - subscribe to your mail folders before you can read mail in - them. Read <xref linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/> to find out - how. - </para> - </note> - - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read"> - <title>Reading Mail</title> - <para> - Start the mail client by clicking on the - <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> icon in the shortcut bar, or by - selecting a mail folder in the folder bar. To read a message, - select it in the message list; if you'd like to see it in its - own window, double-click on it or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>O</keycap> - </keycombo>. - </para> - - - <tip id="spaceandbs"> - <title>Reading Mail with the Keyboard</title> - <para> - You can click the space bar to page down while you're reading - an email, and press backspace to page up in an email. This - may help to make reading your email faster. - </para> - - <para> - You can navigate the message list by pressing the arrow keys up - and down. To jump to the next unread message, press the - <keycap>.</keycap> (period) - or <keycap>]</keycap> (close bracket) key. You can go to the - previous unread message with - <keycap>,</keycap> (comma) or <keycap>[</keycap> (open - bracket). - </para> - </tip> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-listorder"> - <title>Sorting the message list</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> helps you work by letting you sort - your email. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click - on the bars with those labels at the top of the message - list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates - the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll - sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on - <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from - oldest to newest. Click again, and - <application>Evolution</application> sorts the list from - newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message - header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or - remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed - instructions on how to customize your message display - columns in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns"/>. - </para> - - <tip id="view-headers"> - <title>Email Headers</title> - <para> - To look at the complete headers for email messages, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message - Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Full - Headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To see absolutely every - bit, choose - <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message - Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Email Source - </guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - You can also choose a threaded message view. Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option, - <application>Evolution</application> groups the replies to a - message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a - conversation from one message to the next. - </para> - <figure> - <title>Message Threading In Action</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Message Threading In Action</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/mail-threaded" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete"> - <title>Deleting Mail</title> - <para> - Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of - it. - To delete a message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the message to select it - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press delete button or right click on the message and - choose <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. - </para> - <note> - <title>Why do I still see deleted mail?</title> - <para> - When you press <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> or click - the trash button, your mail isn't actually deleted, - but is marked for deletion. Your email is not gone - until you have expunged it. When you "Expunge" a - folder, you remove all the mail that you have marked - for deletion. - </para> - <para> - If you don't like this behavior, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hide - Deleted Messages</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Then, - you will only see deleted messages when you look in - your <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> folder. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>E</keycap> - </keycombo> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <note> - <title>Trash is Actually a vFolder?</title> - <para> - Both local and IMAP Trash folders are actually vFolders that - display all messages you have marked for later deletion. - For more information about vFolders, see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>. Since emptying - your trash expunges the messages in your Trash folder, - choosing <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is the - same as expunging deleted mail from <emphasis>all</emphasis> - your folders. - </para> - <para> - This is not, however, true for the Trash folder on Exchange - servers, which behaves just the same as it would in - Outlook. That is to say, the Trash folder on an Exchange - server is a normal folder with actual messages in it. - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete"> - <title>Undeleting Messages</title> - <para> - To undelete a message: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select a message you have marked for deletion. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <keycombo - action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>U</keycap> - </keycombo> - or choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - - </para> - <note> - <title>What does Undelete actually do?</title> - <para> - If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting - it will unmark it, and the message will be removed - from the Trash folder. However, it can't bring back - messages that have been expunged. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get"> - <title>Checking for New Mail</title> - <para> - Now that you've had a look around the - <interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail. - Click <guibutton>Send/Receive</guibutton> in the toolbar to check - your mail. If you haven't entered any mail settings yet, the - <interface>setup assistant</interface> will ask you for the - information it needs to check your email. - </para> - <para> - The assistant will give you several dialog boxes where you configure: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - your personal information - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - your outgoing email server information - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - your mail account identity name - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - - <figure id="usage-mail-druid-pic"> - <title>Mail Setup Assistant</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Mail Setup Assistant</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/mail-druid-pic" format="PNG" - srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - - <para> - To check your email, press the <guibutton>Check Mail</guibutton> - button. If this is your first time checking mail, or you - haven't asked <application>Evolution</application> to store your - password, you'll be prompted for the password. Enter your - password and your email will be downloaded. - </para> - <note id="badmailsettings"> - <title>Can't Check Mail?</title> - <para> - If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need - to check your network settings. To learn how to do that, have - a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>, or ask your - system administrator. - </para> - </note> - - - - <tip> - <title>Sharing Mailboxes with Other Mail Programs</title> - <para> - If you want to use <application>Evolution</application> - and another email client, such as - <application>Mutt</application>, at the same time, - here's how: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Download your mail in the other application as - you would normally. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - In <application>Evolution</application>, select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem> - Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, go to the - Mail Accounts configuration tool, and pick the account - you'd like to use to share mail. You may want to - create a new account just for this source of - mail. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Under the <guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel> - tab, select the type of mail file that your - other mail application uses, and then enter the - full path to that location. A typical choice - would be mbox files, with the path /home/username/Mail/. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </tip> - - -<!-- NOT FOR 1.0 - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news"> - <title>Using Evolution for News</title> - <para> - Newsgroups are so similar to email that there's no reason not - to read them side by side. If you want to do that, add a - news source to your configuration (see <xref - linkend="config-prefs-network-news"/>). The news server will - appear as a remote server, and will look quite similar to an - IMAP folder. When you click <guibutton>Send/Receive</guibutton>, - <application>Evolution</application> will also check for news - messages. - </para> - </sect2> ---> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach"> - <title>Working with Attachments and HTML Mail</title> - <para> - If someone sends you an <glossterm linkend="attachment">attachment</glossterm>, - a file attached to an email, - <application>Evolution</application> will display the file - at the bottom of the message to which it's attached. Text, - including HTML formatting and embedded images, will appear - as part of the message, rather than at the end of the - message as an attachment. - </para> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions"> - <title>Saving or Opening Attachments</title> - <para> - If you get an attachment with an email message, - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> can help you save - it or open it with the appropriate applications. - </para> - <para> - To save an attachment to disk: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the downward pointing arrow on the attachment icon - and select <guimenuitem>Save to Disk</guimenuitem>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose a location and name for the file. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - To Open an Attachment in a Program: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the mail message with the attachment you want to read. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the arrow next the attachment icon. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the program you'd like to use. It will start up - and open the document. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html"> - <title>Inline Images in HTML Mail</title> - <para> - When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in - the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your - Inbox when you first start <application>Ximian - Evolution</application>) <application>Evolution</application> - will display the image inside the message. You can create - messages like this by using the - <menuchoice><guimenu>Insert</guimenu><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - tool in the message composer. - </para> - - <para> - If the image isn't included in the message, but is, instead, - a link to an image, <application>Evolution</application> can - download the image from the Internet for you. However, - <application>Evolution</application> will not display the - image unless you ask it to. This is because remotely hosted - images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used - by spammers to track who reads their email. Having images - not load automatically helps protect your privacy. - </para> - <para> - If you want the images to load for one message, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - - If you want <application>Ximian Evolution</application> to - load remotely hosted images more often, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and go to - the mail settings tool. There, click the <guilabel>HTML - Mail</guilabel> tab and select one of the items there: <guilabel>Never load images off the net</guilabel>, <guilabel>Load images if sender is in addressbook</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Always load images off the net.</guilabel> - </para> - <note id="http-proxy"> - <title>Loading Images from the Net through an HTTP Proxy</title> - <para> - If you use an HTTP proxy (as in many large organizations), - <application>Evolution</application> must be able to find - it through the <systemitem>gnome-vfs</systemitem> subsystem - before it can load images from the Internet. This is also - the case if you wish to access weather and news information - through the Summary tool. - </para> - <para> - If you are using GNOME 1.4, you will need to configure this - in the Nautilus <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> - dialog. However, in GNOME 2.0 and later, you can use the - GNOME Control Center. Select - <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - from your menu panel or from the GNOME menu, and then click - the <guibutton>Network Proxies</guibutton> button in the - <guilabel>System Settings</guilabel> category. Select the - <guilabel>Use an HTTP network proxy</guilabel> check box and - then enter information about your proxy. If you are not sure, - check with your ISP or system administrator. - </para> - </note> - </sect3> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send"> - <title>Composing New Email Messages</title> - <para> - You can start writing a new email message by selecting - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem> - Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing the - <guibutton>New</guibutton> button in the Inbox toolbar. - When you do so, the <interface>New Message</interface> window - will open, as shown in <xref - linkend="usage-mail-newmsg-fig"/>. - </para> - -<!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig"> - <title>New Message Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/newmsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - - <para> - Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field. If you - wish, enter a subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel>, and - a message in the box at the bottom of the window. - Once you have written your message, press - <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay"> - <title>Sending Composed Messages Later</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> will normally send - mail as soon as you click the <guibutton>Send</guibutton> - button. However, there are a few ways you can save a - message to be sent later: - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - If you are offline, - <application>Evolution</application> will add your - messages to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue. The - next time you connect to the Internet and send or - receive mail, that message will be sent. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem><para> - Choose - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Save Draft</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - to store your messages in the drafts folder for later - revision. - </para></listitem> - - <listitem><para> - If you prefer to save your message as a text file, - choose <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> and then choose a - file name. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-offline"> - <title>Working Offline</title> - - <para> - Offline mode is a tool designed for use with IMAP or Exchange - mail accounts in situations where you will not be connected to - the network at all times. It will keep a local copy of one or - more folders, and allow you to compose messages, storing them - in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect. - </para> - - <para> - While POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, - IMAP and Exchange connections usually download just the - headers, and fetch the rest only when you want to read the - message. Before you go offline, Evolution will download - the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to - store. - </para> - - <para> - To mark a folder for offline use, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and then - click the <guilabel>Folder Settings</guilabel> icon. In the - <guilabel>Offline Folders</guilabel> tab, click the check-box - next to the folders that you would like to use while you are - offline. - </para> - - <para> - Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower - left border of the Evolution main window. When you are online, - it will display two connected cables. When you go offline, the - cables will separate. - </para> - - <para> - To cache your selected folders and disconnect from the - network, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work - Offline</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the - connection status icon in the lower left of the screen. When you - want to reconnect, choose - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work - Online</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the connection - status icon again. - </para> - - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose"> - <title>More About Mail Composition</title> - <para> - In the next few sections, you'll see how - <application>Evolution</application> handles advanced email - features, including large recipient lists, attachments, and - forwarding. - </para> - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-attach"> - <title>Attachments</title> - <para> - To attach a file to your email: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Push the attach button in the composer toolbar - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the file you want to attach - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can drag a file from your desktop into the composer window to - attach it as well. - </para> - <para> - To hide the display of files you've attached to the - message, unselect <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show - Attachments</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>; to show them - again, select <guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem>. - </para> - <para> - When you send the message, a copy of the attached file - will go with it. Be aware that big attachments can take a - long time to download. - </para> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"> - <title>Specifying Recipients for Email</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application>, like most email - programs, recognizes three types of addressee: primary - recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind") - recipients. - </para> - <para> - The simplest way to direct a message is to put the email - address or addresses in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> - field, which denotes primary recipients. To send mail to - more than one or two people, you can use the - <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field. - </para> - <para> - Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used - typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands - for "Carbon Copy." Use it whenever you want to share a - message you've written to someone else. - </para> - <para> - <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> is a little more complex. You - use it like <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, but people on the - <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> list are hidden from the other - recipients of the message. Use it to send mail to large - groups of people, especially if they don't know each other - or if privacy is a concern. If your <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field is absent, click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Bcc Field</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - - </para> - - <para> - If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, - you can create address lists in the Contact Manager, and - then send them mail as though they had a single address. - To learn how to do that, read <xref - linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-list"/>. - </para> - - <tip id="reply-to-per-mail"> - <title>Setting Reply-to On a Per-Mail Basis</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> has the ability to - let you specify the Reply-To in an email. Using this, you - can setup a special Reply-To for an email. To do this: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open a composer window - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the Reply-To field by selecting - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Reply To</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the address you wish to have be the - Reply-To address in the new Reply-To field. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </tip> - </sect3> - - <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to"> - <title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title> - <para> - If you have created address cards in the contact manager, - you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address - data, and <application>Evolution</application> will offer a - drop down list of possible address completions from your - address book. If you enter a name or nickname that can go - with more than one card, Evolution will open a dialog box to - ask you which person you meant. - -<!-- - Also, <application>Evolution</application> will add a - domain to any unqualified addresses. By default, this is - your domain, but you can choose which one mail preferences - dialog. NOTE: ex-feature, may be reinstated, but probably not. ---> - </para> - - <para> - Alternately, you can click on the - <guibutton>To:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, or - <guibutton>Bcc:</guibutton> buttons to get a list — - potentially a very long one — of the email addresses - in your contact manager. Select addresses and click on - the arrows to move them into the appropriate address - columns. - </para> - <para> - For more information about using email together with the - contact manager and the calendar, see <xref - linkend="contact-automation-basic"/> and <xref - linkend="usage-calendar-apts"/>. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply"> - <title>Replying to Email Messages</title> - <para> - To reply to a message, press the - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> button while it is selected, - or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem> from - the message's right-click menu. That will open the - <interface>message composer</interface>. The - <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> - fields will already be filled, although you can alter them - if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message - is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a - blue line to one side (for HTML display) or with the > - character before each line (in plain text mode), to - indicate that it's part of the previous message. People - often intersperse their message with the quoted material as - shown in <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"/>. - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"> - <title>Reply Message Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/replymsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== --> - </para> - <para> - If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may - wish to use <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton> instead of - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. If there are large numbers - of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or - <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial - amounts of time. - <example> - <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title> - <para> - Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim - and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. - If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, - he uses <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>, but if he - just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he - uses <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>. Note that his reply - will not reach anyone that Susan put on her - <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not - shared with anyone. - </para> - </example> - </para> - <para> - If you're subscribed to a mailing list, and want your reply - to go just to the list, rather than to the sender, choose - <guibutton>Reply to List</guibutton> instead of - <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> or <guibutton>Reply to - All</guibutton>. - <note> - <title>What is a Mailing List?</title> - <para> - Mailing Lists are one of the most popular tools for - group collaboration on the Internet. Here's how they work: - <simplelist> - <member> - Someone sends a message to a single address, like - <email>evolution@ximian.com</email>. - </member> - <member> - That address belongs to a program that distributes - the message to a list of recipients. - </member> - </simplelist> - The mail management program lets individuals subscribe - to or unsubscribe from the list at will, without - requiring the message writers to remember the addresses - of every recipient. - </para> - <para> - Mailing list servers can also let network administrators - control mail flow, list membership, and even moderate - the content of mailing lists. - </para> - </note> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find"> - <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title> - <para> - You are probably familiar with search and replace features - in any sort of text-editing software, and if you come from - a Linux or Unix background, you may know what - <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem> does. If you aren't - among the lucky who already know, here's a quick rundown of - the automated text searching features that the message - composer makes available to you. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and - <application>Evolution</application> will find it - in your message. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Find a regex, also called a - <glossterm linkend="regular-expression">regular - expression</glossterm>, in your composer window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Select this item to repeat the last search you performed. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem><para> - Find a word or phrase, and replace it with - something else. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - For all of these menu items, you can choose whether or not - to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document - from the point where your cursor is. For all but the - regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are - offered a check box to determine whether the search is to - be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines - a match. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html"> - <title>Enhance your email with HTML</title> - <para> - Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in - emails, which is why email is often regarded as - uncommunicative and cold, and why people often resort to - using far too many exclamation points to convey their - feelings. However, most newer email programs can display - images and text styles as well as basic alignment and - paragraph formatting. They do this with <glossterm - linkend="html">HTML</glossterm>, just like web pages do. - </para> - <note> - <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title> - <para> - Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or - prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is - slower to download and display. Because some people may - prefer not to get HTML mail, - <application>Evolution</application> sends plain text - unless you explicitly ask for HTML. - </para> - </note> - - <para> You can change the format of an email message between - plain text and HTML by choosing <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem> - HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - To send all your mail as HTML by default, set your mail - format preferences in the mail configuration dialog. See - <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/> for more - information. - </para> - <para> - HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above - the space where you'll actually compose the message, and - they also appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus. - </para> - <para> - The icons in the toolbar are explained in <glossterm - linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</glossterm>, which appear when - you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall - into four categories: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Headers and lists</term> - <listitem> - <para> - At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose - <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default text style - or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through - <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of - header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles - include <guilabel>preformat</guilabel>, to use the HTML - tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types - of bullet points for the highly - organized. - </para> - <tip> - <title>Using Bullets to Make Your Email More - Attractive</title> - <para> - Instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, - try the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown - list. <application>Evolution</application> uses - more attractive bullets and handles word wrap and - multiple levels of indentation. - </para> - </tip> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Text style</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Use these buttons to determine the way your letters - look. If you have text selected, the style will - apply to the selected text. If you do not have text - selected, the style will apply to whatever you type - next. The buttons are: - <itemizedlist mark="none"> - <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>bold A</guiicon> for bold text</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>italic A</guiicon> for italics</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>underlined A</guiicon> to underline</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>striked A</guiicon> for a strikethrough.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Alignment</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Located next to the text style buttons, these three - paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most - word processing software. The leftmost button will - make your text aligned to the left, the center - button, centered, and the right hand button, - aligned on the right side. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Indentation rules</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The button with the arrow pointing left will reduce - a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will - increase its indentation. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Color Selection</term> - <listitem> - <para> - At the far right is the color section tool. The - colored box displays the current text color; to - choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the - right. If you have text selected, the color will - apply to the selected text. If you do not have text - selected, the color will apply to whatever you type - next. You can select a background color or image by - right-clicking on the message background and - selecting <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Style</guimenuitem> - <guimenuitem>Page Style</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - <para> - The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> gives you opinions which let you - spruce up your email to make it more interesting: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you link some text to a website. Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML - messages. If you don't want special link text, you can just enter the address - directly, and <application>Evolution</application> - will recognize it as a link. To add a link: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the text you wish to link from. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Right click on the text and click on <guibutton>Link</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Put the URL you want to use in the <guilabel>URL</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <note> - <para> - If you're typing a web page address to be automatically formatted, keep in mind that a space terminates the link. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Lets you put an image alongside text. - </para> - <para> - To insert an image into your email: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Make sure that you have the - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - selector checked. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Insert Image</guibutton> button in the toolbar, or select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose your image by clicking the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Press <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to insert the image. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem></term> - <listitem> - <para> - Inserts a horizontal line into the text to help divide two - sections. - </para> - <para> - To insert a rule: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Make sure that you have the - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - selector checked. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Rule</guibutton> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the type of rule. You can use a plain - line, a 3D line, or a yellow line with flowers. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the size of the line, as a percentage of the width of the email window. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the alignment and style. For the plain - line, you can choose the thickness of the line, - and whether it will be shaded, or solid. For the - other types, you can only choose alignment. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to insert the rule. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Insert Table</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Inserts a table into the text to help divide two - sections. - </para> - <para> - To insert a table: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Make sure that you have the - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Format</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - selector checked. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Table</guibutton> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the table <guibutton>Template</guibutton> - you wish to use. Each has a slightly different feel and - layout. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If you so desire, you may change the number of - rows, columns, spacing of each cell, and so forth. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <para> - Once the table is in place, you can right-click on - it and get a list of ways to alter it, such as - changing its background color, expanding it, or - deleting a row or cell. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>Templates</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> not only allows you to - decorate your email with HTML text and graphics, but - provides you with prebuilt templates for you to use when - making these improvements. You can use these to emphasize a - point or frame an image in an attractive manner. - </para> - <para> - To include a template into your HTML based email: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Make sure that the - <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - Format - </guimenu> - <guimenuitem> - HTML - </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - selector is checked. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>HTML Template</guibutton> button in the - <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> or select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu> - Insert - </guimenu> - <guimenuitem> - Template - </guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the template type in the - <guilabel>Template</guilabel> selection box. Your - options are <guilabel>Note</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Image Frame</guilabel>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Set the size and alignment of the HTML template. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> to insert it where the - cursor is. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click on the text in the template, and enter the text - you want to use. - </para> - <para> - If you have selected an image frame template, - right-click on the image and select - <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> to select the image - you want to place in the frame. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> -</para> -</sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd"> - <title>Forwarding Mail</title> - <para> - The post office forwards your mail for you when you change - addresses, and you can forward a letter if it comes to you by mistake. - The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button - works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you - have received a message and you think someone else would - like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment - to a new message (this is the default) or - you can send it <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> as a quoted - portion of the message you are sending. Attachment - forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered - message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if - you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a - large number of comments on different sections of the - message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the - message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or - altered content. - </para> - <para> - To forward a message you are reading, press - <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> on the toolbar, select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or press - <keycombo -action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>. If - you prefer to forward the message <glossterm - linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> - instead of attached, select <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Forward</guisubmenu><guimenuitem> - Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an - addressee as you would when sending a new message; the - subject will already be entered, although you can alter it - if you wish. Enter your comments on the message in the - <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press - <guibutton>Send</guibutton>. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette"> - <title>Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title> - <para> - - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send spam or forward chain mail. If you must, - watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure - the message doesn't have multiple layers of - greater-than signs, (>) indicating multiple layers - of careless in-line forwarding. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Always begin and close with a salutation. Say "please" - and "thank you," just like you do in real life. You - can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant! - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - WRITING IN CAPITAL LETTERS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING! - Don't write a whole message in capital letters. It - hurts people's ears. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Check your spelling and use complete sentences. By - default, <application>Evolution</application> will put - a red line beneath words it doesn't recognize, as you - type them. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send nasty emails (flames). If you get one, - don't write back. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - When you reply or forward, include just enough of - the previous message to provide context: not too - much, not too little. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Don't send spam. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - <sect1 id="rsvp-stuff"> - <title>RSVPs in Mail</title> - <para> - If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then - send invitations to the attendee list through the - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> email tool. The - invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format. - </para> - <para> - If you click on the attachment button and click the - <guimenuitem>View Inline</guimenuitem>, <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> will show you information about the - meeting, and let you respond to the meeting in several ways. - Select the response that you would like, and then click the - <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. - </para> - <para> - Your options are: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>Accept</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this entry if you will attend the meeting. When you - click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the meeting will - be entered into your calendar. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Tentatively Accept</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this entry if you will probably attend the meeting. - When you click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, the - meeting will be entered into your calendar, but marked as - tentative. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Decline</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Select this item if you will be unable to attend the - meeting. The meeting will not be entered into your calendar - when you click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, although your - response will be sent to the meeting host if you have - checked the <guilabel>RSVP</guilabel> box. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>RSVP</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Check this box if you would like your response sent to - the meeting organizers. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mail-subscriptions"> - <title>Subscription Management</title> - <para> - Since IMAP folders exist on the server, and opening them or - checking them takes time, you need fine-grained control over the - way that you use IMAP folders. That's why - <application>Evolution</application> has an IMAP subscriptions - manager. If you prefer to have every mail folder displayed, you - can select that option as well. However, if you'd like to choose - specific items in your mailbox, and exclude others, you can use - the subscription management tool to do that. - </para> - <para> - Here's how: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Subscribe - to Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - If you have accounts on multiple IMAP servers, select the - server where you'd like to manage your - subscriptions. <application>Evolution</application> will - display a list of available files and folders. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Select a file or folder by clicking on it. You will want - to select at least the <guilabel>INBOX</guilabel> - folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is - configured, the list of available files may include - non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Subscribe</guibutton> to add it to - the subscribed list. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When you have subscribed to the folders you want, close - the window. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="encryption"> - <title>Encryption</title> - <sect2 id="encryption-whatis"> - <title>What is Encryption?</title> - <para> - Encryption is an ancient method of keeping information safe - from prying eyes. <application>Evolution</application> helps - you you protect your privacy by using - <application>gpg</application>, an implementation of strong - <glossterm linkend="public-key-encryption">Public Key - Encryption.</glossterm> - </para> - - <note id="pub-priv"> - <title>Public Key? Private Key? What is the difference?</title> - <para> - GPG uses two keys: public and private. You can give your - public key to anyone you want to receive - encrypted messages, or put it on a public key server so - that people can look it up before contacting you. - <emphasis>Never give your private key to anyone, - ever</emphasis>. Your private key lets you decrypt any - message encrypted with your public key. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Using encryption takes a bit of forethought. When you send a - message that is encrypted, you must encrypt it using your - intended recipient's public key. To <emphasis>get</emphasis> - an encrypted message, you must make sure that the sender has - your public key in advance. For signing messages, it's - reversed: you encrypt the signature with your private key, so - only your public key can unlock it. When you send it, the - recipient gets your public key and unlocks the signature, - verifying your identity. - </para> - - <para> - You can use encryption in two different ways: - <simplelist> - <member> - Encrypt the entire message, so that nobody but the recipient can read it. - </member> - <member> - Attach an encrypted signature to a plain text message, so - that the recipient can read the message without decrypting - it, and only needs decryption to verify the sender's - identity. - </member> - </simplelist> - </para> - - <example> - <title>Sending an Encrypted Message</title> - <para> - Kevin wants to send an encrypted message to his friend - Rachel. He looks up her public key on a general key - server, and then tells - <application>Evolution</application> to encrypt the - message. The message now reads "@#$23ui7yr87#@!48970fsd." - When the information gets to Rachel, she decrypts it using - her private key, and it appears as plain text for her to - read. - </para> - </example> - <tip id="always-sign"> - <title>Always Sign</title> - <para> - You can set <application>Evolution</application> to always sign your email messages: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice>, go to the Mail Account settings, and - select the account with which you want to use encryption. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Open the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</guibutton> button. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </tip> - </sect2> - - - - <sect2 id="encryption-keygen"> - <title>Making Encryption Keys</title> - <para> - Before you can get or send encrypted mail, you need to - generate your public and private keys with GPG. Here's how: - </para> - <tip> - <title>GPG Versions</title> - <para> - This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is - different, this may not be entirely accurate. You may find - out your version number by typing in the command: <command>gpg - --version</command>. - </para> - </tip> - <para> - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open a terminal and type <command>gpg --gen-key</command>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the default algorithm, "DSA and ElGamal." - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Choose a key length. The default, 1024 bits, should be - long enough. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Decide if you want your key to expire automatically, and if so, when. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - Enter your name, email address, and any additional - personal information you think is appropriate. Do not - falsify this information, because it will be needed to - verify your identity later on. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Next, enter your passphrase. It does not have to be the - same as your email password or your login password. In - fact, it probably shouldn't. Don't forget it. If you lose - it, your keys will be useless and you will be unable to - decrypt messages sent to you with those keys. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Now, GPG will generate your keys. This may take awhile, - so feel free to do something else while it's - happening. In fact, using your computer for something - else actually helps to generate better keys, because it - increases the randomness in the key generation seeds. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Once the keys are generated, you can view your key information - by typing <command>gpg --list-keys</command>. You should see - something similar to this: - <programlisting> - /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg - ---------------------------- - pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you@your-address.com> - sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - GPG will create one list, or keyring, for your public keys - and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know - are stored in the file - <filename>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</filename>. If you want to - give other people your key, send them that file. - </para> - <para> - If you wish, you can upload your keys to a key server. Here's - how: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Check your public key ID with <command>gpg ---list-keys</command>. It will be the string after 1024D on the line -beginning with "pub." In this example, it's 32j38dk2. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Enter the command <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver -wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for -32j38dk2. You will need your password to do this. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - - <note id="why-keyserver"> - <title>Why Use a Key Server?</title> - <para> - Key servers store your public keys for you so that your - friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to - use a key server, you can manually send your people public - key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your - own web page. However, it's easier to publish them once, - and then let people download them from a central place when - they want. - </para> - <para> - If you don't have a key you need to unlock or encrypt a - message, you can have your encryption tool set to look it - up automatically. If it can't find the key, then you'll - get an error message. - </para> - </note> - - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-getting-key"> - <title>Getting and Using Public Keys</title> - <para> - To encrypt a message to your someone else you'll need to use - their public key in combination with your private key. - <application>Evolution</application> does that for you, but - you still need to get their key and add it to your keyring. - </para> - <para> - To get public keys from a public key server, enter the - command: - <command> - gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid - </command>, substituting "keyid" for your recipient's ID. You - will need to type in your password, and then their ID will - automatically be added to your keyring. When you send mail to - them, <application>Evolution</application> will allow you to - encrypt your messages. - </para> - <para> - If someone sends you their public key directly, save it as a - plain text file and enter the command <command>gpg - filename</command>. This will add it to your keyring. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-evo-integ"> - <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title> - <para> - You'll need to open - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - and select the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> button, then - select the account you want to use securely, and click the - <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Then, select the - <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab in the account dialog. In the - <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled - <guilabel>Pretty Good Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID - and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Your key is now - integrated into your identity in - <application>Evolution</application>. - </para> - <note> - <title>What is my Key ID again?</title> - <para> - <application>Evolution</application> requires that you know your key ID. If you don't remember it, you can find it by typing <command>gpg --list-keys</command> in a console window. Your key ID will be an eight character string with random numbers and letters. - </para> - </note> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-sending"> - <title>Sending Encrypted Messages</title> - <para> - As you know, you can use encryption to hide the entire - message, or just to verify your signature. Once you've - generated your public and private keys, and have the public - keys of the people to whom you want to send mail, here's what - to do: - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="sign-msg"> - <title>Signing a Message</title> - <para> - To sign a message, choose: - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - . You will be prompted for your encryption password. Once - you enter it, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and your message - will be signed. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="encrypt-msg"> - <title>Encrypting a Message</title> - <para> - Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message. - Just choose the menu item - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Security</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="unencrypting"> - <title>Unencrypting a Received Message</title> - <para> - If you get an encrypted message, you will need to decrypt it - before you read it. Remember, the sender has to have your - public key before they can send you an encrypted message. - </para> - <para> - When you view the message, - <application>Evolution</application> will ask you for your - PGP password. Enter it, and the message will be displayed - properly. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml b/help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b78ba13dfc..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1576 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-mainwindow"> - - <title>Getting Started with Ximian Evolution</title> - - <sect1 id="what"> - <title>What is Ximian Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title> - <para> - Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible; - it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be - <emphasis>informed</emphasis>. The goal of - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> is to make the - tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal - information easier, so you can work and communicate with - others. That is, it's a highly evolved <glossterm - linkend="groupware">groupware</glossterm> program, an integral - part of the Internet-connected desktop. - </para> - <para> - In other words, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> is - a tool to help you get your work done. It can help you work in - a group by handling email, address and other contact - information, and one or more calendars. It can do that on one - or several computers, connected directly or over a network, - for one person or for large groups. - </para> - - <para> - With <application>Ximian Evolution</application>, you can - accomplish your most common daily tasks faster. For example, it - takes only one or two clicks to enter an appointment or an - address card sent to you by email, or to send email to a contact - or appointment. <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - makes displays faster and more efficient, so searches are faster - and memory usage is lower. People who get lots of mail will - appreciate advanced features like <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"><trademark>VFolders</trademark></link>, - which let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail - folders. - </para> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-starting"> - <title>The First Time you Start Ximian Evolution</title> - <para> - To start <application>Ximian Evolution</application>, do either - of the following: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Programs</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from your - menu panel. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Type <command>evolution</command> at the command line. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - - <para> - <note> - <title>Command Line Options</title> - <para> - Evolution has a number of command-line options that you may - wish to make use of. You can find the full list by running - the commands <userinput>man evolution</userinput> or - <userinput>evolution --help</userinput>. The most - important ones are: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - To start Evolution in offline mode: <userinput>evolution --offline</userinput> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - To start Evolution and begin composing a message to the email address you name: <userinput>evolution mailto:joe@somewhere.net</userinput> - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - To make your web browser use Evolution as the default email client, enter <userinput>evolution "%s"</userinput> as the email handler in your web browser or in the GNOME Control Center. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </para> - <para> - The first time you run the program, it will create a directory - called <filename>evolution</filename> in your home directory, - where it will store all of its local data. Then, it will open a - first-run assistant to help you set up mail accounts and import - data from other applications. - </para> - <para> - Using the first-run assistant will take approximately two to - five minutes. - </para> - - <sect2 id="first-step"> - <title>Defining Your Identity</title> - <para> - The Identity window is the first step in the assistant. Here, - you will enter some basic personal information. You can - define multiple identities later on with the - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> tool and - clicking the <guibutton>Mail Accounts</guibutton> button. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Full Name: Your full name (Example: John Doe). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Email Address: Your email address (Example: john@doe.com) - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Reply-To: If you want to have replies sent to another - email address, enter it here (optional). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Organization: The company where you work, or the - organization you represent when you send email - (optional). - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="second-step"> - <title>Receiving Email</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Receiving Email</guilabel> lets you determine - which you will get your email. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Server Type: There are numerous types of servers - from which <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - can fetch your mail. Ask your system administrator if - you're not sure which of the following are available to - you: - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem> - <para> - POP: Downloads your email to your hard disk for - permanent storage. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Microsoft Exchange: Available only if you have - purchased the Ximian Connector for Microsoft - Exchange, this will allow you to connect to a - Microsoft Exchange 2000 server, which stores - email, calendar, and contact information on the - server. - </para> - </listitem> - - - <listitem> - <para> - IMAP: Keeps the email on your server so you can - access your email from multiple systems. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Standard Unix mbox spool or directory: If you want - to read and store mail in the mail spool on your - local system, choose this option. You'll need to - provide the path to the mail spool - you want to use. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Maildir format mail directories: If you download - your mail using qmail or another maildir-style - program, you'll want to use this option. You'll need - to provide the path to the mail directory you want to - use. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - MH format mail directories: If you download your - mail using mh or another MH-style program, you'll - want to use this option. You'll need to provide - the path to the mail directory you want to use. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Local Delivery: Choose this option if you want to - move mail from the spool and store it in your home - directory. If you would rather leave mail in your - system's spool files, choose the - <guimenuitem>Standard Unix mbox - spools</guimenuitem> option instead. You'll need - to provide the path to the mail spool you want to - use. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - None: Select this if you do not plan to - check mail with this account. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - If you selected POP, Microsoft Exchange, or IMAP as your mail - server, you'll need to enter some more information: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>The host name of your mail server. Ask - your system administrator if you're not - sure.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>The username for the account on that - system. </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Whether you want to use a secure (SSL) - connection. If your server supports it, it's - best to enable this security option. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>The authentication options supported by - your server. If you're not sure, click the - <guilabel>Check for supported types</guilabel> - button or ask your system administrator. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Whether you'd like Evolution to remember - your password. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <tip id="exchange-info"> - <title>Ximian Evolution Talk to Microsoft Exchange?</title> - <para> - If you have purchased Ximian Connector for Microsoft - Exchange, you can access Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers - natively. If you do not have the Connector, or if you use - an older version of Microsoft Exchange, talk to your system - administrator about access to standard protocol services - like POP and IMAP. - </para> - </tip> - - </sect2> - <sect2 id="more-mail-options"> - <title>More Mail Configuration Options</title> - <para> - There are more extensive options for mail preferences, - especially if you've chosen POP, Microsoft Exchange, or IMAP - as incoming mail server type. If you want to set these - options after you've created the account, you can select - <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure - </guimenuitem></menuchoice>, click the <guibutton>Mail - Accounts</guibutton> button. Then, select the account you want - to change and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. See <xref - linkend="config-prefs-mail"/> for details. - </para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose POP mail:</term> - <listitem><para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like - <application>Evolution</application> to check for new mail - automatically, check the box and select a frequency in - minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Message Storage: If you'd like to store copies of your - mail on the server, check this option. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term> - <listitem><para> - <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like - <application>Evolution</application> to check for new mail - automatically, check the box and select a frequency in - minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the name of - your global catalog server here. You may also choose to - limit the server's responses and select a maximum number - of results for an address search. A maximum number of - results limits the load on your system and on your - network. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Mailbox Name: If your active directory user name is - different from your Exchange mailbox name, enter the - mailbox name here. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, the URL - for web access is "http://server.company.com/exchange." - If your system has a path that is not "exchange," enter - the appropriate value here. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Public Folder Server: Enter the name of your organization's public folder server, if any, here.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this - server: Check this box to use filters when you visit the - Inbox for this account. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term>If you chose IMAP:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like - <application>Evolution</application> to check for new mail - automatically, check the box and select a frequency in - minutes. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>If you want <application>Evolution</application> - to check for new messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your - IMAP folders, make sure the <guilabel>Check for new - messages in all folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Show only subscribed folders: Check this box if you - have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to - read.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Override server-supplied namespace: If you like, enter a - specific directory where your server stores mail for - you. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." For more - information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this - server: If you'd like your filters to work on this account - as well as on locally downloaded mail, check this box.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - - <note id="imap-namespace"> - <title>What's an IMAP Namespace?</title> - <para> - For IMAP mail servers, your sysadmin may provide - you with a specific namespace, the directory on - where your server stores mail for you. If you - check your IMAP mail and your folder list includes - files that don't look like mail folders, you - probably need to change your mail - namespace. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." - If you prefer, you can choose to subscribe to - individual mail folders one at a time. For more - information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref - linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>. - </para> - </note> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="third-step"> - <title>Sending Email</title> - <para> - The <guilabel>Sending Email</guilabel> step lets you configure sending - email. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Server Type: There are numerous server types that - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> supports for sending your - mail. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - SMTP: Sends mail directly from your system. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Microsoft Exchange: Sends mail through a Microsoft - Exchange server using the Microsoft Exchange 2000 - protocol. Available only if you have are using the - Ximian Connector for Microsoft Exchange. You must - have a valid license key purchased from <ulink - url="http://store.ximian.com">store.ximian.com</ulink>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Sendmail: Uses the Sendmail program to send mail - from your system. Sendmail is more flexible, but - is not as easy to configure, so you should only - select this option if you know how to set up a - Sendmail service. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - If you choose SMTP, there are a few additional items to enter: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Host: enter your mail sending server's name or IP - address here. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Server requires authentication: If your server - requires you to enter a password to send mail, check - this box. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Authentication Type: Unless you've been told otherwise, - your best bet is to leave this set at - <guilabel>Password</guilabel>. If you're not sure, ask - your system administrator or ISP, or have - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> check for - you by clicking <guibutton>Check for supported - types</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Username: The account name you use when you login to - check your email. Normally, this is the part of your - email address before the '@' character. For Exchange - servers, it is the username you would use to log in to a - Windows workstation at your company. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Remember Password: If you prefer to not enter - your password every time you check email, press this - button. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="step-three-b"> - <title>Account Management</title> - <para> - This is a very short section. You can pick two things: the - name for the account, and whether it is the default account. - </para> - <para> - The name you choose for the account is used for display within - Evolution, and is not sent with any emails. The suggested - name is your email address, but you can use other words or - phrases, like "Work," "Personal" or "First Account" if you - like. - </para> - <para> - If you check the box next to the label <guilabel>Make this my - default account</guilabel>, Evolution will assume that you will - send messages from this most often, and will set the - "From" selector to this account whenever you open a new message. Only one account can be the default. - </para> - <para> - If you have not done so already, you may also be asked to choose - a time zone. - </para> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="fourth-step"> - <title>Importing Mail (Optional)</title> - <para> - If <application>Ximian Evolution</application> finds mail or - address files from another application, it will offer to - import them. If you're not sure which file format your mail - program uses, ask your system administrator. If you want, you - can skip this step and return to it at a later time by - selecting - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. - </para> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> can import the following types of - files: - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term>VCard (.vcf, gcrd):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The addressbook format used by the GNOME, KDE, and - many other contact management applications. You - should be able to export to VCard format from any - address book application. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express -4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see -the workaround described in the note below. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term>MBox (mbox):</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The email box format used by Mozilla, Netscape, - Ximian Evolution, Eudora, and many other email clients. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> -</para> -<para> - <note> - <title>Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Users</title> - <para> - Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after - version 4, use proprietary formats that <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> cannot read or import. For contacts, - you may have to email them to yourself and import them that - way. For email, there is a simpler workaround: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - - <listitem> - <para> - While using Windows, import the files into Mozilla Mail (or - another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the - standard mbox format). - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Copy the files to the system or partition you use for - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - Use the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> import - tool to import the files. There's more information about - why this works, and how, at the Ximian <ulink - url="http://support.ximian.com">support website.</ulink> - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </note> - - <note> - <title>Netscape Users</title> - <para> - Before importing mail from Netscape, make sure you select - <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All - Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you don't, - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> will import and undelete - the messages in your Trash folders. - </para> - </note> - - </para> - - <tip> - <title>Exporting Files From Ximian Evolution</title> - <para> - Ximian Evolution uses standard file types for all its information, - so you should have no trouble taking your information - elsewhere if you want. - </para> - <para> - For mail, that's <filename>mbox</filename>, for calendar, - <filename>iCal</filename>, and for the address book, vCards - in a <filename>.db3</filename> database. - </para> - </tip> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="importing-mail-from-clients"> - <title>Importing Mail from Other Mail Clients</title> - <para> - Chances are, you already have your email in another mail program - and don't want to lose the information. The following section - describes how to import mail from specific mail clients. - </para> - <sect2 id="mutt"> - <title>Importing Mail from mutt</title> - <para> - <application>mutt</application> is a text-based mail client - which is shipped with many Linux and Unix distributions. - <application>mutt</application> uses the standard mbox, - maildir, and MH file formats, which makes importing your mail - into <application>Evolution</application> easy. By default, - <application>mutt</application> uses the mbox file format. - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>I</keycap> - </keycombo>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guibutton>Import a Single File</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> and select the file - you would like to import from. By default, your email - is stored in <filename>~/mbox</filename> for the mbox - format and <filename - class="directory">~/Maildir</filename> for the Maildir format. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When prompted for what folder in - <application>Evolution</application> to import to, - select a folder. You can also create a new folder and - drop it in there. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="kmail"> - <title>Importing Mail from KMail</title> - <para> - KMail is the mail client which is shipped with the KDE desktop - environment. KMail uses the standard mbox file format, which - means that importing your mail into - <application>Evolution</application> is easy. - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Open <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> - </menuchoice> - or press - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>I</keycap> - </keycombo>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select <guibutton>Import a Single File</guibutton> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> and select the file - you would like to import from. By default, KMail stores - its information in the Mail directory of your home - directory. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When prompted for what folder in - <application>Evolution</application> to import to, - select a folder. You can also create a new folder and - drop it in there. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="ui-intro"> - <title>What's What in Ximian Evolution</title> - <para> - Now that you've gotten the first-run configuration out of the - way, you're ready to get down to work. Here's a quick - explanation of what's going on in your main - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> window. - </para> - - <figure id="preface-basic-interface"> - <title>The Ximian Evolution Main Window</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/mainwindow-pic" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Menu Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>menu bar</guilabel> gives you access to nearly all - the features that can be found in <application>Ximian - Evolution</application>. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> gives you fast and easy access to the - most used features in each component. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> lets you go to your favorite - components with the click of a click of a button. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-4" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - Periodically, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> will need to quietly - display a message, or tell you the progress of a task. This most - often happens when you're checking or sending email. These progress - queues are shown here, in the <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-5" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel> lets you search through your email - with precision so you can easily find what you're looking for. - </para> - - - - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar"> - <title>The Shortcut Bar</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>'s most important job is - to give you access to your information and help you use it - quickly. One way it does that is through the - <interface>shortcut bar</interface>, the column on the left - hand side of the main window. The large buttons with names - like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> and - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts, and you can - select different groups of shortcuts by clicking the - rectangular group buttons. - </para> - <para> - Take a look at the <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel>. - The shortcut buttons in that category are: - - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Summary</guibutton>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Start your day here. The Ximian Evolution - <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> gives you a quick - summary of new or important messages, daily - appointments and urgent tasks. You can customize - its appearance and content, and use it to access - Ximian Evolution services. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - Click the <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> button to start - reading your mail. Your Inbox is also where you can - access Ximian Evolution's tools to filter, sort, organize, and - search your mail. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Calendar</guibutton>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Calendar can store your appointments and task lists - for you. Connected to a network, you can use it to keep - a group of people on schedule and up to date. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Tasks</guibutton>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - A full-size view of your calendar's task pad. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term><guibutton>Contacts</guibutton>:</term> - <listitem> - <para> - The Addressbook holds contacts, with address, phone, and - other personal information. Like calendar information, - contact data can be synchronized with hand-held devices - and shared over a network. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> - <title>Folders and The Folder Bar</title> - <para> - The <interface>folder bar</interface> is a more comprehensive - way to view the information you've stored with - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. It displays all your - appointments, address cards, and email in a tree that's a lot - like a <glossterm linkend="filetree">file - tree</glossterm>— it starts small at the top, and branches - downward. On most computers, there will be three or four - folders at the base. First, of course, is the - <guilabel>Summary</guilabel>, a customizable summary of your - information. Below that are your <guilabel>Local - Folders</guilabel>, which hold all the - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> data that's stored on your - computer. After that are your network servers: <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> servers that host shared contact - directories, and <glossterm linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> mail - folders to which you subscribe. Lastly, there are - <guilabel>vFolders</guilabel>, or virtual folders, discussed in - <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>, - </para> - - - <figure id="mainwin-folderbar"> - <title>Using the Folder Bar</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox with Folder Bar</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="figures/folder-bar" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - - <para> - - A typical <guilabel>Local</guilabel> folder contains the following folders: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, for appointments and - event listings. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel>, for address cards. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>, for messages you started and didn't finish. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, for incoming mail. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, for messages you have written - but not yet sent. This will be empty unless you use - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> while offline. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Sent</guilabel>, for sent mail. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel>, for your task list. Portions - of your task list are reflected in the calendar, as well - as in the summary folder. - </para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para> - <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, a vFolder view of all the - messages you have marked for deletion but not yet - <glossterm linkend="expunge">expunged</glossterm>. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - <tip id="foldertips"> - <title>Navigating without the Folder Bar or the Shortcut Bar</title> - <para> - You don't need the folder bar or the shortcut bar to move - around the main window. You can use the <keycap>Tab</keycap> - key to switch from one part of the window to another. When - you hide the folder bar, there is a menu on the left side of - the window just below the toolbar to move about the folder - tree, even with the folder and shortcut bars hidden. - </para> - </tip> - - <para> - If you get large volumes of mail, you'll want more folders than - just your Inbox. To create a new folder: - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem> - <para> - Select - <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> - <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> - <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> - or press the keyboard shortcut - <keycombo action="simul"> - <keycap>Shift</keycap> - <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> - <keycap>E</keycap> - </keycombo>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the name of the folder in the <guilabel>Folder - Name</guilabel> field. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Select the folder type. The available options are. - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Calendar - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Contacts - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Mail - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Tasks - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Choose the location of the new folder. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - - <sect3 id="subfolders"> - <title>Subfolders</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> lets you nest folders - inside of each other, so that you can have a detailed - organizational system. - </para> - - <note> - <title>Folders Have Limits</title> - <para> - Calendars must go in calendar folders, mail in mail - folders, and contacts in contact folders. - </para> - </note> - - <para> - Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything in - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. If you right-click on a - folder, you'll have a menu with the following options: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>View</guimenuitem>, to view the folder. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Open in New Window</guimenuitem> to view the folder in another window. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, to move the folder to another location. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, to duplicate the folder. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder and all its contents. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>, to change its name. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Create New Folder</guimenuitem>, to create another folder in the same location. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Add to Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem>, to add the folder to your shortcut bar. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, to view or change the folder properties. </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and - dropping them. - </para> - - <para> - Any time new mail arrives in a mail folder, that folder - label is displayed in bold text, along with the number of - new messages in that folder. - </para> - </sect3> - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar"> - <title>The Menu Bar</title> - <para> - The <interface>menu bar</interface>'s contents will always - provide all the possible actions for any given view of your - data. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu items - will relate to mail; some will relate to other components of - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> and some, especially those - in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the - application as a whole. - </para> - <para> - <variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu>:</term> - - <listitem><para> Anything related to a file or to the - operations of the application generally falls under this - menu: creating things, saving them to disk, printing them, - and quitting the program itself. </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds - useful tools that help you edit text and move it around. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - This menu lets you decide how <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - should look. Some of the features control the appearance of - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> as a whole, and others - the way a particular kind of information appears. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Holds actions which maybe applied to a message. Normally, - if there is only one target for the action — for - example, replying to a message — you can find it in - the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Tools for configuring, changing, and - setting up go here. For mail, that means things like - and the - <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>. For the - <interface>Calendar</interface> and the <interface>Contact - Manager</interface>, it's color, network, and layout - configuration. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Search</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Select menu items here to search for messages, or for - phrases within a message. You can also see previous searches - you have made. In addition to the <guimenu>Search</guimenu> - menu, there is a text entry box in the toolbar that you can - use to search for messages. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - - <varlistentry> - <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu>:</term> - <listitem><para> - Select among these items to open the - <application>Help Browser</application> - and read the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> manual. - </para></listitem> - </varlistentry> - </variablelist> - </para> - - <para> - Once you've familiarized yourself with the <interface>main - window</interface> you can start doing things with it. We'll - start with the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel>, which provides a - quick overview of your <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> information. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="basics-summary"> - <title>Introducing the Summary</title> - <para> - The Ximian Evolution Summary provides you with a quick - run-down of important information: your appointments for a - given day, how much new mail you have, headlines from - selected news services, and so forth. To see the Summary, - click on the <guibutton>Summary</guibutton> button in the - shortcut bar, or select the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> - folder in the folder bar. - </para> - - <figure> - <title>The Evolution Summary</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>The Evolution Summary gives you a quick view of your day</screeninfo> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/summary" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - -<para> -<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Weather Summary</guilabel> -</para> -<para> -Shows you the latest weather updates from hundreds of cities around the world. -</para> -<para> -<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>News Feeds</guilabel> -</para> -<para> -Displays up to the minute news from your favorite websites. -</para> -<para> -<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Mail Summary</guilabel> -</para> -<para> -Shows you how many email messages you have in your selected folders, waiting to be read. -</para> -<para> -<inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-4" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Calendar Summary</guilabel> -</para> -<para> -Shows you your calendar. Tasks are displayed below calendar appointments. -</para> - - - <para> - To add additional services to your Summary, or to edit the - existing services, select - <menuchoice> - <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> - <guimenuitem>Configure</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and click - the <guibutton>Summary Settings</guibutton> button. - </para> - - </sect2> - - <sect2 id="basics-mail"> - <title>Introducing Email</title> - <para> - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> email is like other - email programs in several ways: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of - ways with folders, searches, and filters. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, - and makes it easy to send and receive multiple file - attachments. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It supports multiple mail sources, including <glossterm - linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>, <glossterm - linkend="pop">POP3</glossterm>, and local - <filename>mbox</filename> or <filename>mh</filename> - spools and files created by other mail programs. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - It lets you guard your privacy with encryption. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </para> - <para> - However, <application>Ximian Evolution</application> has some - important differences. First, it's built to handle very large - amounts of mail. Both the <link - linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and - <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> - functions were built for speed and efficiency on large volumes - of mail. There's also the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">vFolder</link>, - an advanced organizational feature not found in mainstream - mail clients. If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep every - message you get in case you need to refer to it later, you'll - find this feature especially useful. - </para> - <para> - Here's what the mailer looks like: - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig"> - <title>Ximian Evolution Mail</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/mail-inbox" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> -</para> - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" - format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Message List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Message List</guilabel> displays all the emails - that you have. This includes all your read, unread, and email - that is flagged to be deleted. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" - format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Email - Viewer</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - This is where your email is displayed. - </para> - - <para> - If you find the <interface>view pane</interface> too small, you can resize - the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the - message in the <interface>message list</interface> to have it - open in a new window. To change the sizes of a pane, just click - and hold on the divider between the two panes. Then you can drag - up and down to select the size of the panes. - -</para> -<para> Just like with folders, you can right-click on messages in the - message list and get a menu of possible actions: you can move, - delete, or undelete them, and create filters or vFolders based - on them. - </para> - <para> - Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are - listed in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the menu bar. - The most frequently used ones, like - <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and - <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in - the toolbar. Almost all of them are also located in the - right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be - faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose - whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software - should work the way you want, rather than making you work the - way the it does. - </para> - - <para> - For an in-depth guide to the email capabilities of Ximian - Evolution, read <xref linkend="usage-mail"/>. - </para> - </sect2> - <sect2 id="basics-calendar"> - <title>Introducing the Calendar</title> - <para> - To begin using the calendar, select - <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> from the <interface>shortcut - bar</interface>. By default, the calendar starts showing - today's schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right, - there's a monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below - that, there's a <guilabel>Task</guilabel> pad, where you can - keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments. - The day view in the calendar looks like this: - - <!-- ============== Figure ============================= --> - <figure id="usage-calendar-fig"> - <title>Ximian Evolution Calendar View</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Ximian Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/calendar" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> - - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" - format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Appointment - List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Appointment List</guilabel> is responsible for showing you all of - your scheduled appointments, whether they are all day appointments or simply one time - appointments that last a half an hour. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Task List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Task List</guilabel> compliments the - <guilabel>Appointment List </guilabel> as it keeps track of - tasks which don't have a time associated with them. Tasks can - have complex notes associated with them, and you can also note - their completeness on a percentage scale. To display more - information about your notes, drag the column border to the - left. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Month Pane</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The month pane is a small view of your calendar by month. To - display more months here, drag the column border to the left. - To view a specific series of days, select them in the month - view and they will display all the planned events in the - <interface>Appointment List</interface>. - </para> - - <para> - For more information about the calendar - read <xref linkend="usage-calendar"/>. - </para> - - </sect2> - <sect2 id="basics-contacts"> - <title>Introducing the Address Book</title> - <para> - The <application>Ximian Evolution</application> address book - can handle all of the functions of an address book, phone - book, or Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update - <application>Ximian Evolution</application> than it is to - change an actual paper book. <application>Ximian - Evolution</application> also allows easy synchronization with - hand-held devices and functions with <glossterm - linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> directories on a network. - </para> - <para> - Another advantage of the <application>Ximian Evolution</application> - address book is its integration with the rest of the - application. For example, you can create an address card from - an email just by right-clicking on the sender's email address. - </para> - <para> - To open your address book, click on - <guibutton>Contacts</guibutton> in the shortcut bar, or select - one of your contacts folders from the folder bar. <xref - linkend="usage-contact-fig"/> shows the address book in all its - organizational glory. By default, the address book shows all - your cards in alphabetical order, in a <glossterm - linkend="minicard">minicard</glossterm> view. You can select - other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust - the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the gray - column dividers. - </para> - <para> - The address book looks like this: - - <figure id="usage-contact-fig"> - <title>Ximian Evolution Contact Interface</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Ximian Evolution Contact List Window</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/contact" format="PNG" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> - </para> - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" - format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Contact - List</guilabel> - </para> - - <para> - The <guilabel>Contact List</guilabel> lists your contact cards. - You can also search through the cards in the same way - that you search email folders, with the search bar just - above the contact list. - </para> - - <para> - <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - <guilabel>Alphanumeric Shortcuts</guilabel> - </para> - <para> Click one of the buttons along the right side of the - window to view contacts that begin with the letter or number - you click. - </para> - - - <para> - For detailed instructions on how to use the address book, - read <xref linkend="usage-contact"/>. - </para> - </sect2> - </sect1> -</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/help/C/usage-print.xml b/help/C/usage-print.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 1e7f5c5b18..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-print.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -<chapter id="usage-print"> - <title>Printing with Evolution</title> - <para> - If you've printed from most any other - <application>Gnome</application> application, you should be able - to print from <application>Evolution</application> without much - trouble. - </para> - <para> - Whether you're printing a message, a calendar page, or a selection - of address cards, you can choose to print directly to a printer, - or save the print output to a <glossterm - linkend="postscript">postscript</glossterm> file. You can also - use the preview feature to see how your printed output will look. - </para> - - <sect1 id="printpreview"> - <title>Print Preview</title> - <para> - <guibutton>Print Preview</guibutton> appears both as a button in - the printing dialog and as an item in the - <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. In both places, it does the same - thing: it opens a new window that shows you what would happen if - you were to print the current message, calendar, appointment, or - address card. - </para> - <para> - That window allows you to select which pages you want to see, - and how close you'd like to look at them. Zoom in or out, fit - the page to the window (the <guibutton>Fit</guibutton> button) - or match the width of the page and the window (the - <guibutton>Fit Width</guibutton> button). None of these buttons - changes the way the page will be printed, but they do let you - get a better look. If you're satisfied with the way the your paper - looks, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to send your document - on its way. If you'd like to change it, just close the - <guilabel>Print Preview</guilabel> window and make the changes - you want from your mail, calendar, or addressbook. - </para> - - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-preview"> - <title>Print Preview</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Print Preview</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/print-preview" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - </sect1> - - <sect1 id="print-destination"> - <title>File or Printer?</title> - <para> - The printer selection window, shown in <xref - linkend="print-dest"/>, lets you choose the format for - printing— <guilabel>Generic Postscript</guilabel>, - whether to write to a PDF file, and whether to print to a file - or to an actual printer in Generic Postscript. If you choose a - printer, you'll be asked for the printer command (probably - <command>lpr</command>) which your system uses. If you - choose to print to a file, you'll need to decide upon a - filename. And of course, you'll want to choose a number of - copies, and whether to collate them. - - <note id="windows-ps"> - <title>Printing to PostScript?</title> - <para> - PostScript is the file format used by most laser printers, - and in UNIX world is the easiest way to print to a file. - However, most systems running Microsoft Windows can't - recognize or handle PostScript files. You'll need to print - to PDF if you want to share your file with Windows users. - </para> - </note> - </para> - - <!-- ==============Figure=================================== --> - - <figure id="print-dest"> - <title>Choosing a Printer</title> - <screenshot> - <screeninfo>Choosing a Printer</screeninfo> - <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/print-dest" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/> - </imageobject></mediaobject> - </screenshot> - </figure> -<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== --> - - <para> - If you're printing a message that's more than one page, you'll - have the option of choosing which pages to print. If you're - printing a calendar entry, you can decide what range of dates to - print. And, if you're printing contact cards, you can decide - whether to print only the selected cards, or all of them. - </para> - <para> - When you're ready, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print, - <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to have a look (or another look) - at the preview, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the - whole deal. - </para> - </sect1> -</chapter> - - - - - - - diff --git a/help/C/usage-sync.sgml b/help/C/usage-sync.sgml deleted file mode 100644 index 5b93a65736..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-sync.sgml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="usage-sync"> - <title>Synchronizing Evolution with Hand-Held Devices</title> - <para> - This chapter is very short. It describes how to synchronize - the data on your Palm-OS device with the data you store in - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. If you need - information on how to set up handheld synchronization, consult - <xref linkend="config-sync">. - </para> - - <sect1 id="hotsync"> - <title>Using HotSync</title> - <para> - Put your hand-held device in its cradle and press the - HotSync button. - </para> - -<tip id="sync-tip"> -<title>Palm OS v. 4.0 with Passwords</title> -<para> -If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on for -your handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. If -this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, -synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password -protection on your handheld. -</para> -</tip> - <para> - If you have followed the set up instructions properly, your - Palm-OS device will synchronize data with <application>Ximian - Evolution</application>. - </para> - - <para> - That's it. - </para> - - </sect1> - </chapter> diff --git a/help/C/usage-sync.xml b/help/C/usage-sync.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 45e18e5e82..0000000000 --- a/help/C/usage-sync.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - <chapter id="usage-sync"> - <title>Synchronizing Evolution with Hand-Held Devices</title> - <para> - This chapter is very short. It describes how to synchronize - the data on your Palm-OS device with the data you store in - <application>Ximian Evolution</application>. If you need - information on how to set up handheld synchronization, consult - <xref linkend="config-sync"/>. - </para> - - <sect1 id="hotsync"> - <title>Using HotSync</title> - <para> - Put your hand-held device in its cradle and press the - HotSync button. - </para> - -<tip id="sync-tip"> -<title>Palm OS v. 4.0 with Passwords</title> -<para> -If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on for -your handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. If -this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, -synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password -protection on your handheld. -</para> -</tip> - <para> - If you have followed the set up instructions properly, your - Palm-OS device will synchronize data with <application>Ximian - Evolution</application>. - </para> - - <para> - That's it. - </para> - - </sect1> - </chapter> |